Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)
x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2014
OR
 
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     
Commission File No. 001-15007

Dave & Buster’s, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 
 	 	 	
MISSOURI	 	43-1532756	
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)	 	(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	
2481 Mañana Drive
Dallas, Texas 75220
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
(214) 357-9588
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes     ¨     No   x
Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by checkmark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge in definitive proxy or informational statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “small reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	 	¨	  	Accelerated filer	 	¨	
 	 	 	 	
Non-accelerated filer	 	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	  	Smaller reporting company	 	¨	
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x
The number of shares of the Issuer’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding as of April 25, 2014, was 100 shares.

 

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	 	 	  	Page	 	
 	 	 	
 	 	PART I	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 1.	 	BUSINESS	  	 	3	  	
ITEM 1A.	 	RISK FACTORS	  	 	9	  	
ITEM 1B.	 	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	  	 	18	  	
ITEM 2.	 	PROPERTIES	  	 	18	  	
ITEM 3.	 	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	  	 	19	  	
ITEM 4.	 	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	  	 	19	  	
 	 	 	
 	 	PART II	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 5.	 	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	  	 	20	  	
ITEM 6.	 	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	  	 	20	  	
ITEM 7.	 	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	  	 	20	  	
ITEM 7A.	 	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	  	 	36	  	
ITEM 8.	 	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	  	 	37	  	
ITEM 9.	 	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	  	 	37	  	
ITEM 9A.	 	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	  	 	37	  	
ITEM 9B.	 	OTHER INFORMATION	  	 	37	  	
 	 	 	
 	 	PART III	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 10.	 	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	  	 	38	  	
ITEM 11.	 	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	  	 	43	  	
ITEM 12.	 	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	  	 	54	  	
ITEM 13.	 	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	  	 	55	  	
ITEM 14.	 	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	  	 	56	  	
 	 	 	
 	 	PART IV	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
ITEM 15.	 	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	  	 	58	  	
 	 	 	
 	 	SIGNATURE PAGE	  	 	59	  	
 
2

Table of Contents
PART I
 
ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	
Company Overview
References to “Dave & Buster’s,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Report”) are references to Dave & Buster’s, Inc., its subsidiaries and predecessor companies. All dollar amounts in this Report are presented in thousands with the exception of item prices and compensation information included in Item 11. We are a leading owner and operator of high-volume venues that combine dining and entertainment in North America for both adults and families. We define high-volume dining and entertainment venues as those open for at least one full year and with average store revenues in excess of $5,000. Founded in 1982, the core of our concept is to offer our guests the opportunity to “ Eat Drink Play  ® ” all in one location. We believe we are currently the largest national chain offering a full menu of casual dining food items and a full selection of non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage items together with an extensive assortment of entertainment attractions, including large screen televisions and high quality audio systems providing guests with a venue for watching live sports and other televised events, skill and sports-oriented redemption games, video games, interactive simulators and other traditional games. Unlike the strategy of many restaurants of shortening visit times by focusing on turning tables faster, we aim to increase the length of stay in our locations to generate incremental revenues and improve the guest’s experience. While our guests are primarily a balanced mix of men and women aged 21 to 39, we believe we are also an attractive venue for families with children and teenagers. As of February 2, 2014, we owned and operated 66 stores in 26 states and Canada. Subsequent to February 2, 2014, we opened new stores in Westchester, California and Vernon Hills, Illinois. Our lone franchise store located in Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada, which opened on June 25, 2009, ceased operations as Dave & Buster’s on May 31, 2013. This change and the associated termination of the related franchise and development agreements did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. The formats of our stores are flexible, which we believe allows us to size each store appropriately for each market in which we compete. Our stores average approximately 46,000 square feet, range in size between 16,000 and 66,000 square feet and are open seven days a week. Our average revenues per comparable store were $10,101 in fiscal year 2013.
Corporate History
In 1982, David “Dave” Corriveau and James “Buster” Corley founded Dave & Buster’s under the belief that there was consumer demand for a combined experience of entertainment, food and drinks. We opened our first store in Dallas, Texas in 1982 and since then we have expanded our portfolio nationally to 68 company-owned stores across 26 states and Canada.
From 1997 to early 2006, we operated as a public company under the leadership of Dave and Buster. In March 2006, Dave & Buster’s, Inc. was acquired by Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc. (“D&B Holdings”), a holding company controlled by affiliates of Wellspring Capital Partners III, L.P. (“Wellspring”) and HBK Main Street Investors L.P. (“HBK”). In connection with the acquisition of Dave & Buster’s by Wellspring and HBK, Dave & Buster’s common stock was delisted from the New York Stock Exchange.
On June 1, 2010, Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. (“D&B Entertainment”), a newly-formed Delaware corporation owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively, the “Oak Hill Funds”) acquired all of the outstanding common stock of D&B Holdings from Wellspring and HBK. In connection therewith, Games Merger Corp., a newly-formed Missouri corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of D&B Entertainment, merged with and into D&B Holdings’ wholly-owned, direct subsidiary, Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (with Dave & Buster’s, Inc. being the surviving corporation in the merger). As a result of the acquisition and certain post-acquisition activity, the Oak Hill Funds directly control approximately 95.4% of D&B Entertainment’s outstanding common stock and have the right to appoint certain members of our Board of Directors, and certain members of our Board of Directors and management control approximately 4.5% of D&B Entertainment’s outstanding common stock. The remaining 0.1% is owned by a former member of management.
Generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States require operating results for Dave & Buster’s prior to the acquisition completed on June 1, 2010 to be presented as Predecessor’s results in the historical financial statements. Operating results for Dave & Buster’s subsequent to the acquisition are presented or referred to as Successor’s results in the historical financial statements.
We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to January 31. Each quarterly period has 13 weeks, except in a 53 week year when the fourth quarter has 14 weeks. Our fiscal year ended February 2, 2014 consists of 52 weeks. All other fiscal years presented herein consist of 52 weeks, except fiscal year 2012, which consisted of 53 weeks. All references to “2013”, “fiscal 2013”, “fiscal year 2013” or similar references relate to the 52 week period ended February 2, 2014. All references to “2012”, “fiscal 2012”, “fiscal year 2012” or similar references relate to the 53 week period ended February 3, 2013. All references to “2011”, “fiscal 2011”, “fiscal year 2011” or similar references relate to the 52 week period ended January 29, 2012. We have included in this Form 10-K certain discussions of financial information for fiscal 2012 on an adjusted 52 week comparative basis to assist readers in making comparisons to our current and prior fiscal years.
 
3

Table of Contents
Eat Drink Play and Watch—The Core of Our National Concept
When our founders opened our first location in Dallas, Texas in 1982, they sought to create a dining concept with a fun, upbeat atmosphere providing interactive entertainment options for adults and families, while serving high-quality food and beverages. Since then we have followed the same principle for each new store and in doing so we believe we have developed a distinctive brand based on our guest value proposition: Eat Drink Play and Watch. The interplay between entertainment, sports viewing, dining and full-service bar areas is the defining feature of the Dave & Buster’s guest experience, and the layout of each store is designed to promote crossover between these activities. We believe this combination creates an experience that cannot be easily replicated at home or elsewhere without having to visit multiple destinations. Our locations are also designed to accommodate private parties, business functions and other corporate-sponsored events.
We seek to distinguish our food menu from other casual dining concepts. Our recently reengineered menu includes items that we believe reinforce the fun of the Dave & Buster’s brand. Recent additions to the menu have become top sellers within their categories. We believe we offer high-quality meals, including gourmet pastas, choice-grade steaks, premium sandwiches, decadent desserts and health-conscious entrée options that compare favorably to those of other higher end casual dining operators. Each of our locations also offers full bar service including a variety of beers, signature cocktails, premium spirits and non-alcoholic beverages. Food and beverage accounted for 48.8% of our total revenues during fiscal 2013.
The “Midway” in each of our stores is an area where we offer a wide array of amusements and entertainment options, with typically over 150 redemption and simulation games. We believe the entertainment options in our Midway are a core differentiating feature of our brand, and our amusement and other revenues accounted for 51.2% of our total revenues during fiscal 2013. Redemption games, which represented 78.7% of our amusement and other revenues in fiscal 2013, offer our guests the opportunity to win tickets that are redeemable at our “Winner’s Circle” for prizes ranging from branded novelty items to high-end home electronics. We believe this “opportunity to win” creates a fun and highly energized social experience that is an important aspect of the Dave & Buster’s in-store experience and cannot be replicated at home. Our video and simulation games, many of which can be played by multiple guests simultaneously and which include some of the latest high-tech games commercially available, represented 16.7% of our amusement and other revenues in fiscal 2013. Traditional amusements, which include billiards, bowling and shuffleboard tables, represented the remainder of our amusement and other revenues.
Each of our stores also contain multiple large screen televisions and high quality audio systems providing guests with a venue for watching live sports and other televised events. “D&B Sports” is an area where we offer upgraded TV packages and, in many stores, a renovated viewing area, for a more stadium-like viewing environment. This viewing area enables guests to watch televised events with oversized high definition televisions, a full bar, and our extensive food menu. We believe that we have created an attractive and comfortable environment that includes a differentiated and interactive viewing experience with prizes linked to on-screen action. This includes promotions to encourage guest participation throughout the entire store. Through continued development of the D&B Sports concept in new stores and additional renovation of existing stores, we hope to build awareness of D&B Sports as the best place to watch sports and the “only place to watch the games and play the games.”
Our Growth Strategies
The operating strategy that underlies the growth of our concept is built on the following key components:
Pursue disciplined new store growth. We will continue to pursue what we believe to be a disciplined new store growth strategy in both new and existing markets where we believe we are capable of achieving consistent high store revenues and strong store-level cash-on-cash returns. Our new store expansion strategy and pipeline of potential new stores is built on a site selection process that allows us to evaluate and select our new store location, size and design based on consumer research and analysis of operating data from sales in our existing stores. Our site selection process and flexible store design enable us to customize each store with the objective of maximizing return on capital given the characteristics of the market and location. Our new large format stores are approximately 30,000 – 45,000 square feet and our small format stores are approximately 25,000 – 30,000 square feet, which provides us the flexibility to enter new smaller markets and further penetrate existing markets. These formats also provide us the flexibility to choose between building new stores and converting existing space. With respect to stores we expect to open in the near term, we are targeting a year one cash-on-cash return of approximately 25% to 40% for both our large format and small format store openings, levels that are consistent with the average of Dave & Buster’s store openings in recent years. To achieve this return we target a ratio of first year store revenues to net development costs of approximately one-to-one and Store-level cash flow margins, excluding national marketing costs, of 28% to 30%. We also target average net development costs of approximately $8,250 for large format stores and approximately $6,000 for small format stores.

We believe the Dave & Buster’s brand is significantly under-penetrated, with internal studies and third-party research suggesting a total store universe in the United States and Canada in excess of 200 stores (including our 68 existing stores), approximately three times our current store base. We currently plan to open seven to eight stores in fiscal 2014, which we expect will be financed with available cash and operating cash flows. Thereafter, we believe we can continue opening new stores at an annual rate of approximately 10% of our then existing store base. Our ability to open new stores in the future is subject to the availability of sufficient cash flows and financing, as well as other factors, and therefore there is no guarantee we will open new stores at this rate.
 
4

Table of Contents
Grow our comparable store sales. We intend to grow our comparable store sales by seeking to differentiate the Dave & Buster’s brand from other food and entertainment alternatives through the following strategies:
 
 	•	 	Enhance our food and beverage offerings: We frequently test new menu items and seek to improve our food offering to better align with the Dave & Buster’s brand. To further reinforce the fun of our brand, our menu includes familiar food items served in presentations that we view as distinctive and appealing to our guests.	
 
 	•	 	Maintain the latest exciting entertainment options: We believe that our entertainment options are the core differentiating feature of the Dave & Buster’s brand, and staying current with the latest offerings creates excitement and helps drive repeat visits and increase length of guest stay. During fiscal 2013, we spent in excess of $11,000 for new game offerings in our stores that were open for the full year. In fiscal 2014, we expect to spend an average of $160 per store on game refreshment, which we believe will drive brand relevance and comparable store sales growth. Further, we intend to continue upgrading viewing areas in stores within key markets in order to capture a higher share of the sports-viewing guest base. We also plan to continually elevate the redemption experience in our “Winner’s Circle” with prizes that we believe guests will find more attractive, which we expect will favorably impact guest visitation and game play.	
 
 	•	 	Enhance brand awareness and generate additional visits to our stores through marketing and promotions: To further national awareness of our brand, we plan to continue to invest a significant portion of our marketing expenditures in television advertising. We have recently launched customized local store marketing programs to increase new visits and repeat visits to individual locations. Our guest loyalty program currently has approximately 2.5 million members, and we are aggressively improving our search engine and social marketing efforts. Our loyalty program and digital efforts allow us to communicate promotional offers directly to our most passionate brand fans. We also leverage our investments in technology across our marketing platform, including in-store marketing initiatives to drive incremental sales throughout the store.	
 
 	•	 	Grow our special events usage: We plan to utilize existing and add new resources to our special events sales force as the corporate special events market improves—the special events portion of our business represented 12.3% of our total revenues in fiscal 2013. We believe our special events business is an important sampling and promotional opportunity for our guests because many guests are experiencing Dave & Buster’s for the first time.	
Continue to improve margins. We believe we are well-positioned to continue to increase margins and have additional opportunities to reduce costs. Based on the operating leverage generated by our business model which we believe has benefited from the operating initiatives implemented by management in recent years and our national marketing expenditures, we believe we have the potential to further improve margins and deliver greater earnings from expected future increases in comparable store sales. Under our current cost structure, we estimate that we will realize more than 50% flow through from any comparable store sales growth. Our continued focus on operating margins at individual locations and the deployment of best practices across our store base is expected to yield incremental margin improvements, although there is no guarantee that we will be able to achieve greater margins or greater earnings in the future.
Site Selection
We believe that the location of stores is critical to our long-term success. We devote significant time and resources to strategically analyze each prospective market, trade area and site. We continually identify, evaluate and update our database of potential locations for expansion. We have conducted extensive demographic and market analyses to determine the key drivers of successful new store performance. We base new site selection on an analytical evaluation of a set of drivers we believe increase the probability of successful, high-volume stores.
During 2013, we opened stores utilizing our small format design in Syracuse, New York (3rd Quarter), and Cary, North Carolina (4th Quarter). We also opened large format stores in Virginia Beach, Virginia (2 nd  Quarter), Albany, New York (3 rd Quarter) and Livonia, Michigan (4 th  Quarter).
During 2012, we opened stores utilizing our small format design in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma (1st Quarter), Orland Park (Chicago), Illinois (3 rd  Quarter) and Boise, Idaho (4 th  Quarter). We also opened a large format store in Dallas, Texas (4 th quarter), which replaced an existing large format store in the same trade area.
During 2011, we opened two large format stores, one in Orlando, Florida (2nd Quarter) and one in Braintree (Boston), Massachusetts (4 th  Quarter). We also reopened our store in Nashville, Tennessee (4 th  Quarter), which had been closed since May 2, 2010, due to a flood.
 
5

Table of Contents
Our Store Formats
We have historically operated stores varying in size from 16,000 to 66,000 square feet. We have experienced significant variability among stores in volumes, individual store-level cash flows and net investment costs. Further, we have conducted sales per square foot analyses on individual games and improved the mix of the more profitable attractions within the stores. In order to optimize sales per square foot and further enhance our store economics, the target size of our future large format stores is expected to be between 30,000 and 45,000 square feet. We may take advantage of local market and economic conditions to open stores that are larger or smaller than this target size. To accomplish this, we have reduced the back-of-house space, and optimized the sales area allocated to billiards and other traditional games in favor of space dedicated to more profitable video and redemption games. As a result, we expect to generate significantly higher sales per square foot than the average of our current store base, although there is no guarantee that this will occur.
To facilitate further growth of our brand, we have developed a small store format specifically designed to backfill existing markets and penetrate less densely populated markets. We opened our initial new small store format in Tulsa, Oklahoma in January 2009. Since the initial small store format opening, we have subsequently opened eight additional small store formats, two additional in fiscal 2009, one in fiscal 2010, three in fiscal 2012 and two in fiscal 2013. We believe that the small store format will maintain the dynamic guest experience that is the foundation of our brand and allow us flexibility in our site selection process. We also believe that the small store format will allow us to take less capital investment risk per store. As a result, we expect these smaller format stores to achieve returns within our target range, achieve more efficient sales per square foot, and enable us to expand into additional markets.
We have completed major remodel projects at 17 locations as of February 2, 2014 (one in fiscal 2011, nine in fiscal 2012 and seven in fiscal 2013) and plan to remodel an additional three stores in 2014. Our focus in the remodeling initiative is to enhance the entryway, bar and dining areas of the store and to significantly improve the sports viewing guest experience of the remodeled locations. We have received positive guest feedback related to the remodel projects completed to date.
Our stores generally are located on land that is leased. Our lease terms, including renewal options, range from 10 to 40 years. Our leases typically provide for a minimum annual rent plus contingent rent to be determined as a percentage of the applicable store’s annual gross revenues. 46 of our leases include provisions for contingent rent and most have measurement periods that differ from our fiscal year. As of February 2, 2014 only 16 locations had revenues that exceed their pro-rata contingent rent revenue threshold. Generally, leases are “net leases” that require us to pay our pro rata share of taxes, insurance and maintenance costs.
In addition to our leased stores, we lease a 47,000 square foot office building and 30,000 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as our corporate headquarters and distribution center. This lease expires in October 2021, with options to renew until October 2041. We also lease a 31,000 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as additional warehouse space. This lease expires in January 2019, with options to renew until January 2028.
Marketing, Advertising and Promotion
Our corporate marketing department manages all consumer-focused initiatives for the Dave & Buster’s brand. In order to drive sales and expand our guest base, we focus our efforts in three key areas:
Marketing: national advertising, media, promotions, in-store merchandising, pricing, local and digital marketing programs
Food and beverage: menu and product development, in-store execution
Customer insights: research, brand health and tracking
We spent approximately $27,475 in marketing efforts in fiscal 2013, $28,502 in fiscal 2012 and $26,612 in fiscal 2011. Our annual marketing expenditures include the cost of national television and radio advertising totaling approximately $18,621, $18,864 and $17,924 in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We have improved marketing effectiveness through a number of initiatives. Over the last three years, we:
 
 	•	 	performed extensive research to better understand our guest base and fine-tune the brand positioning;	
 
 	•	 	refined our marketing strategy to better reach both young adults and families;	
 
6

Table of Contents
 	•	 	created new advertising campaigns;	
 
 	•	 	invested in menu research and development to differentiate our food offerings from our competition and improve key product attributes (quality, consistency, value and overall guest satisfaction) and execution;	
 
 	•	 	developed product/promotional strategies to attract new customers and increase spending/length of stay;	
 
 	•	 	leveraged our loyalty database to engage and motivate customers;	
 
 	•	 	invested more in digital social media to create stronger relationships with consumers; and	
 
 	•	 	defined a consistent brand identity that reflects our quality, heritage and energy.	
To drive traffic and increase visit frequency and average check size, the bulk of our marketing budget is allocated to our national cable television media. To enhance that effort, we also develop:
 
 	•	 	local marketing plans;	
 
 	•	 	in-store promotions;	
 
 	•	 	digital loyalty programs;	
 
 	•	 	market-wide print;	
 
 	•	 	national and local radio;	
 
 	•	 	emails; and	
 
 	•	 	websites.	
We work with external advertising, digital, media and design agencies in the development and execution of these programs.
Special Event Marketing
Our corporate and group sales programs are managed by our sales department, which provides direction, training, and support to the special events managers and their teams within each location. They are supported by a Special Events Call Center located at our Corporate Office, targeted print and online media plans, as well as promotional incentives at appropriate times during the year.
Operations
Management
The management of our store base is divided into seven regions, each of which is overseen by a Regional Operations Director (“ROD”) or Regional Vice President who reports to the President and Chief Operating Officer. Our RODs oversee eight to twelve Company-owned stores each, which we believe enables them to better support the General Managers and achieve sales and profitability targets for each store within their region. In addition, we have one ROD who primarily focuses on new store openings.
Our typical store team consists of a General Manager supported by an average of nine additional management positions. There is a defined structure of development and progression of job responsibilities from Line Manager through various positions up to the General Manager role. This structure ensures that an adequate succession plan exists within each store. Each management member handles various departments within the location including responsibility for hourly employees. A typical store employs approximately 137 hourly employees, many of whom work part time. The General Manager and the management team are responsible for the day-to-day operation of that store, including the hiring, training and development of team members, as well as financial and operational performances. Our stores are generally open seven days a week, from 11:30 a.m. to midnight on Sunday through Thursday and 11:30 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. on Friday and Saturday.
 
7

Table of Contents
Operational Tools and Programs
We utilize a customized food and beverage analysis program that determines the theoretical food and beverage costs for each store and provides additional tools and reports to help us identify opportunities, including waste management. We perform weekly “test drives” on our games to ensure that our amusement offerings are consistent with Dave & Buster’s standards and are operational. Consolidated reporting tools for key drivers of our business exist for our RODs to be able to identify and troubleshoot any systemic issues.
Management Information Systems
We utilize a number of proprietary and third party management information systems. These systems are designed to enable our games functionality, improve operating efficiencies, provide us with timely access to financial and marketing data, and reduce store and corporate administrative time and expense. We believe our management information systems are sufficient to support our store expansion plans.
Training
We strive to maintain quality and consistency in each of our stores through the careful training and supervision of our team members and the establishment of, and adherence to, high standards relating to personnel performance, food and beverage preparation, game playability and maintenance of our stores. We provide all new team members with complete orientation and one-on-one training for their positions to help ensure they are able to meet our high standards. All of our new team members are trained by partnering with a certified trainer to assure that the training and information they receive is complete and accurate. Team members are certified for their positions by passing a series of tests, including alcohol awareness training.
We require our new store managers to complete an 8 week training program that includes front-of-house service, kitchen, amusements, and management responsibilities. Newly trained managers are then assigned to their home store where they receive additional training with their General Manager. We place a high priority on our continuing management development programs in order to ensure that qualified managers are available for our future openings. We conduct semi-annual talent reviews with each manager to discuss prior performance and future performance goals. Annually we hold a General Manager conference in which our General Managers share best practices and also receive an update on our business plan.
When we open a new store, we provide varying levels of training to team members in each position to ensure the smooth and efficient operation of the store from the first day it opens to the public. Prior to opening a new store, our dedicated training and opening team travels to the location to prepare for an intensive two week training program for all team members hired for the new store opening. Part of the training team stays on site during the first week of operation. We believe this additional investment in our new stores is important, because it helps us provide our guests with a quality experience from day one.
After a store has been opened and is operating smoothly, the managers supervise the training of new team members.
Recruiting and Retention
We seek to hire experienced General Managers and team members, and offer competitive wage and benefit programs. Our store managers all participate in a performance based incentive program that is based on sales and profit goals. In addition, our salaried and hourly employees are also eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan, medical/dental/vision insurance plans and receive vacation/paid time off based on tenure.
Food Preparation, Quality Control and Purchasing
We strive to maintain high food quality standards. To ensure our quality standards are met, we negotiate directly with independent producers of food products. We provide detailed quality and yield specifications to suppliers for our purchases. Our systems are designed to protect the safety and quality of our food supply throughout the procurement and preparation process. Within each store, the Kitchen Manager is primarily responsible for ensuring the timely and correct preparation of food products, per the recipes we specify. We provide each of our stores with various tools and training to facilitate these activities.
Foreign Operations
We own and operate one store outside of the United States in Toronto, Canada. This store generated revenue of approximately $10,598 in fiscal 2013, $11,020 USD in fiscal year 2012 on a 52 week basis, and $10,717 USD in fiscal 2011, representing approximately 1.7%, 1.8% and 1.5%, respectively, of our consolidated revenue. As of February 2, 2014, we have less than 1.2% of our long-lived assets located outside the United States. Additionally, our lone franchise store located in Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada, which opened on June 25, 2009, ceased operations as Dave & Buster’s on May 31, 2013. This change and the associated termination of the related franchise and development agreements did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. We recognized royalty income related to this franchise of $69 in fiscal 2013, $103 in fiscal 2012 and $175 in fiscal 2011.
 
8

Table of Contents
The foreign activities are subject to various risks of doing business in a foreign country, including currency fluctuations, changes in laws and regulations and economic and political stability. We do not believe there is any material risk associated with the Canadian operations or any dependence by the domestic business upon the Canadian operations.
Store-level quarterly fluctuations and seasonality
We expect seasonality to be a factor in the operation or results of the business in the future with higher first and fourth quarter revenues associated with the spring and year-end holidays. These quarters will continue to be susceptible to the impact of severe weather on customer traffic and sales during that period. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters.
Suppliers
The principal goods used by us are redemption game prizes and food and beverage products, which are available from a number of suppliers. We have expanded our contacts with amusement merchandise suppliers through the direct import program, a program in which we purchase Winner’s Circle merchandise and certain glassware, plateware and furniture directly from offshore manufacturers. We are a large buyer of traditional and amusement games and as a result believe we receive discounted pricing arrangements. Federal and state health care mandates and mandated increases in the minimum wage and other macro-economic pressures could have the repercussion of increasing expenses, as suppliers may be adversely impacted and seek to pass on higher costs to us.
Competition
The out-of-home entertainment market is highly competitive. We compete for guests’ discretionary entertainment dollars with theme parks, as well as providers of out-of-home entertainment, including localized attraction facilities such as movie theatres, sporting events, bowling alleys and night clubs. We also face competition from local establishments that offer entertainment experiences similar to ours and restaurants that are highly competitive with respect to price, quality of service, location, ambience and type and quality of food. Some of these establishments may exist in multiple locations, and we may also face competition on a national basis in the future from other concepts that are similar to ours. We also face competition from increasingly sophisticated home-based forms of entertainment, such as internet and video gaming and home movie delivery.
Intellectual Property
We have registered the trademarks Dave & Buster’s ® , Power Card ® , Eat & Play Combo ® , and Eat Drink Play  ®  and have registered or applied to register certain additional trademarks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in various foreign countries. We consider our trade name and our logo to be important features of our operations and seek to actively monitor and protect our interest in this property in the various jurisdictions where we operate. We also have certain trade secrets, such as our recipe processes, proprietary information and certain software programs that we protect by requiring all of our employees to sign a code of ethics, which includes an agreement to keep trade secrets confidential.
Employees
As of February 2, 2014, we employed 9,864 persons, 183 of whom served at our corporate headquarters, 644 of whom served as management personnel and the remainder of whom were hourly personnel.
None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and we have never experienced an organized work stoppage, strike or labor dispute. We believe working conditions and compensation packages are competitive with those offered by competitors and consider our relations with our employees to be good.
Corporate Information
Our corporate headquarter is located at 2481 Mañana Drive, Dallas, Texas, and our telephone number is (214) 357-9588. Our website is  www.daveandbusters.com .
You may obtain, free of charge, copies of our reports filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on Forms 10-K, 10-Q, and 8-K, at our internet website. These reports will be available as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. In addition, you may view and obtain, free of charge, at our website, copies of our corporate governance materials, including, our Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, Code of Business Ethics, and Whistle Blower Policy.
 
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	
We wish to caution you that our business and operations are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. The factors listed below are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical results and from those projected in forward-looking statements contained in this Report, and our other filings with the SEC, in our news releases, written or electronic communications, and verbal statements by our representatives.
You should be aware that forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties may cause our or our industry’s actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements contained in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are generally accompanied by words like “believes,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “expects,” and other similar expressions that convey uncertainty about future events or outcomes.
 
9

Table of Contents
Risks Related to Our Business
The continued economic uncertainty in the U.S. and Canada impacts our business and financial results and a renewed recession could materially affect us in the future.
Any significant decrease in consumer confidence, or periods of economic slowdown or recession, could lead to a curtailing of discretionary spending, which in turn could reduce our revenues and results of operations and adversely effect our financial position. Our business is dependent upon consumer discretionary spending and therefore is affected by consumer confidence as well as the future performance of the United States (“U.S.”) and global economies. As a result, our results of operations are susceptible to economic slowdowns and recessions. Increases in job losses, home foreclosures, investment losses in the financial markets, personal bankruptcies, credit card debt, and home mortgage and other borrowing costs, declines in housing values, and reduced access to credit, amongst other factors, may result in lower levels of customer traffic in our stores, a decline in consumer confidence, and a curtailing of consumer discretionary spending. We believe that consumers generally are more willing to make discretionary purchases during periods in which favorable economic conditions prevail. If economic conditions worsen, whether in the U.S. or in the communities in which our stores are located, we could see deterioration in guest traffic or a reduction in the average amount guests spend in our stores. A reduction in revenues will result in sales de-leveraging (spreading our fixed costs across the lower level of sales) and will in turn cause downward pressure on our profit margins. This could result in reduction of staff levels, asset impairment charges and potential store closures, a deceleration of new store openings, and an inability to comply with the covenants under our senior secured credit facility.
Future economic downturns similar to the economic crisis that began in 2008 could have a material adverse impact on our landlords or other tenants in shopping centers in which we are located, which in turn could negatively affect our financial results.
If we experience another economic downturn in the future, our landlords may be unable to obtain financing or remain in good standing under their existing financing arrangements, resulting in failures to pay required construction contributions or satisfy other lease covenants to us. In addition, other tenants at shopping centers in which we are located or have executed leases may fail to open or may cease operations. Decreases in total tenant occupancy in shopping centers in which we are located may affect foot traffic at our stores. All of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
Our growth strategy depends on our ability to open new stores and operate them profitably.
As of February 2, 2014, there were 66 company-owned locations in the United States and Canada. A key element of our growth strategy is to open additional stores in locations that we believe will provide attractive returns on investment. We have identified a number of additional sites for potential future Dave & Buster’s stores. Our ability to open new stores on a timely and cost-effective basis, or at all, is dependent on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including our ability to:
 
 	•	 	find quality locations;	
 
 	•	 	reach acceptable agreements regarding the lease or purchase of locations;	
 
 	•	 	comply with applicable zoning, licensing, land use and environmental regulations;	
 
 	•	 	raise or have available an adequate amount of cash or currently available financing for construction and opening costs;	
 
 	•	 	timely hire, train and retain the skilled management and other employees necessary to meet staffing needs;	
 
 	•	 	obtain, for acceptable cost, required permits and approvals, including liquor licenses; and	
 
 	•	 	efficiently manage the amount of time and money used to build and open each new store.	
If we succeed in opening new stores on a timely and cost-effective basis, we may nonetheless be unable to attract enough guests to new stores because potential guests may be unfamiliar with our stores or concept, or our entertainment and menu options might not appeal to them. Our new large and small format stores may not meet or exceed the performance of our existing stores or meet or exceed our performance targets, including target cash-on-cash returns. New stores may even operate at a loss, which could have a significant adverse effect on our overall operating results. Opening a new store in an existing market could reduce the revenue at our existing stores in that market. In addition, historically, new stores experience a drop in revenues after their first year of operation. Typically, this drop has been temporary and has been followed by increases in comparable store revenue in line with the rest of our comparable store base, but there can be no assurance that this will be the case in the future or that a new store will succeed in the long term.
 
10

Table of Contents
Our expansion into new markets may present increased risks due to our unfamiliarity with the area.
Some of our new stores will be located in areas where we have little or no meaningful experience. Those markets may have different competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets, which may cause our new stores to be less successful than stores in our existing markets. In addition, our national advertising program may not be successful in generating brand awareness in all local markets, and the lack of market awareness of the Dave & Buster’s brand can pose an additional risk in expanding into new markets. Stores opened in new markets may open at lower average weekly revenues than stores opened in existing markets, and may have higher store-level operating expense ratios than stores in existing markets. Sales at stores opened in new markets may take longer to reach average store revenues, if at all, thereby adversely affecting our overall profitability.
We may not be able to compete favorably in the highly competitive out-of-home and home-based entertainment and restaurant markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
The out-of-home entertainment market is highly competitive. We compete for guests’ discretionary entertainment dollars with theme parks, as well as with providers of out-of-home entertainment, including localized attraction facilities such as movie theatres, sporting events, bowling alleys, nightclubs and restaurants. Many of the entities operating these businesses are larger and have significantly greater financial resources, a greater number of stores, have been in business longer, have greater name recognition and are better established in the markets where our stores are located or are planned to be located. As a result, they may be able to invest greater resources than we can in attracting guests and succeed in attracting guests who would otherwise come to our stores. The legalization of casino gambling in geographic areas near any current or future store would create the possibility for entertainment alternatives, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. We also face competition from local establishments that offer entertainment experiences similar to ours and restaurants that are highly competitive with respect to price, quality of service, location, ambience and type and quality of food. We also face competition from increasingly sophisticated home-based forms of entertainment, such as internet and video gaming and home movie delivery. Our failure to compete favorably in the competitive out-of-home and home-based entertainment and restaurant markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our quarterly results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the seasonality of our business and other events.
Our operating results fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter as a result of seasonal factors. Typically, we have higher first and fourth quarter revenues associated with the spring and year-end holidays. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters. We expect seasonality will continue to be a factor in our results of operations. As a result, factors affecting peak seasons could have a disproportionate effect on our results. For example, the number of days between Thanksgiving and New Year’s Day and the days of the week on which Christmas and New Year’s Eve fall affect the volume of business we generate during the December holiday season and can affect our results for the full fiscal year. In addition, adverse weather during the winter and spring seasons can have a significant impact on our first and fourth quarters, and therefore our results for the full fiscal year. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality.”
Our operating results may also fluctuate significantly because of non-seasonal factors. Due to our relatively limited number of locations, poor results of operations at any single store could significantly affect our overall profitability.
Our quarterly results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the timing of new store openings.
The timing of new store openings may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly performance. We typically incur most cash pre-opening costs for a new store within the two months immediately preceding, and the month of, the store’s opening. In addition, the labor and operating costs for a newly opened store during the first three to six months of operation are materially greater than what can be expected after that time, both in aggregate dollars and as a percentage of revenues. We expect to spend approximately $84,000 – $91,000 ($54,000 – $61,000 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction in 2014. A portion of the 2014 new store expenditures is related to stores that will be under construction in 2014 but will not open until 2015. Due to these substantial up-front financial requirements to open new stores, the investment risk related to any single store is much larger than that associated with many other restaurants or entertainment venues.
We have high interest and depreciation expense.
Although we had net income of $12,496 for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2014, we have relatively high interest and depreciation and amortization expense. Achieving profitability depends upon numerous factors, including our ability to generate increased revenues and our ability to control expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this Report and our ongoing interest and depreciation and amortization expense, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown events. Accordingly, we can make no assurances that we will be able to achieve, sustain or increase profitability in the future.
 
11

Table of Contents
Our operations are susceptible to the availability and cost of food and other supplies, in most cases from a limited number of suppliers, which subject us to possible risks of shortages, interruptions and price fluctuations.
Our profitability depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in product costs. Cost of food and beverage as a percentage of food and beverage revenue was 25.0% in fiscal 2013, 24.5% in fiscal 2012, and 24.1% in fiscal 2011. Cost of food as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 8.6% in fiscal 2013. Cost of amusement and other costs as a percentage of amusement and other revenue was 14.6% in fiscal 2013, 14.9% in fiscal 2012, and 15.4% in fiscal 2011. If we have to pay higher prices for food or other supplies, our operating costs may increase, and, if we are unable or unwilling to pass such cost increases on to our guests, our operating results could be adversely affected.
The unplanned loss of a major distributor could adversely affect our business by disrupting our operations as we seek out and negotiate a new distribution contract. We also have multiple short-term supply contracts with a limited number of suppliers. If any of these suppliers do not perform adequately or otherwise fail to distribute products or supplies to our stores, we may be unable to replace the suppliers in a short period of time on acceptable terms, which could increase our costs, cause shortages of food and other items at our stores and cause us to remove certain items from our menu. Other than forward purchase contracts for certain food items, we currently do not engage in futures contracts or other financial risk management strategies with respect to potential price fluctuations in the cost of food and other supplies.
We may not be able to anticipate and react to changing food, beverage and amusement costs by adjusting purchasing practices or menu and game prices, and a failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
Our procurement of games and amusement offerings is dependent upon a few suppliers.
Our ability to continue to procure new games, amusement offerings, and other entertainment-related equipment is important to our business strategy. The number of suppliers from which we can purchase games, amusement offerings and other entertainment-related equipment is limited. To the extent that the number of suppliers declines, we could be subject to the risk of distribution delays, pricing pressure, lack of innovation and other associated risks.
In addition, any increase in cost or decrease in availability of new amusement offerings that appeal to guests could adversely impact the cost to acquire and operate new amusements which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We may not be able to anticipate and react to changing amusement offerings cost by adjusting purchasing practices or game prices, and a failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
Instances of food-borne illness and outbreaks of disease, as well as negative publicity relating thereto, could result in reduced demand for our menu offerings and reduced traffic in our stores and negatively impact our business.
Our business could be severely impacted by a widespread regional, national or global health epidemic. A widespread health epidemic (such as the avian flu) or food-borne illness (such as aphthous fever, which is also known as hoof and mouth disease, as well as hepatitis A, listeria, salmonella and e-coli), whether or not traced to one of our stores, may cause guests to avoid public gathering places or otherwise change their eating behaviors. Even the prospects of a health epidemic could change consumer perceptions of food safety, disrupt our supply chain and impact our ability to supply certain menu items or staff our stores. Outbreaks of disease, including severe acute respiratory syndrome, which is also known as SARS, as well as influenza, could reduce traffic in our stores. Any of these events would negatively impact our business. In addition, any negative publicity relating to these and other health-related matters may affect consumers’ perceptions of our stores and the food that we offer, reduce guest visits to our stores and negatively impact demand for our menu offerings.
We may not be able to obtain and maintain licenses and permits necessary to operate our stores in compliance with laws, regulations and other requirements, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are subject to various federal, state and local laws affecting our business. Each store is subject to licensing and regulation by a number of governmental authorities, which may include alcoholic beverage control, amusement, health and safety and fire agencies in the state, county or municipality in which the store is located. Each store is required to obtain a license to sell alcoholic beverages on the premises from a state authority and, in certain locations, county and municipal authorities. Typically, licenses must be renewed annually and may be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. In the past, we have had licenses temporarily suspended. The most recent example is our license to sell alcoholic beverages was suspended for 2 days in 2011 in our Maple Grove, Minnesota store due to violations of the terms of our licenses. In some states, the loss of a license for cause with respect to one location may lead to the loss of licenses at all locations in that state and could make it more difficult to obtain additional licenses in that state. Alcoholic beverage control regulations relate to numerous aspects of the daily operations of each store, including minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising, wholesale purchasing, inventory control and handling and storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. The failure to receive or retain a liquor license, or any other required permit or license, in a particular location, or to continue to qualify for, or renew licenses, could have a material adverse effect on operations and our ability to obtain such a license or permit in other locations.
 
12

Table of Contents
As a result of operating certain entertainment games and attractions, including games that offer redemption prizes, we are subject to amusement licensing and regulation by the states, counties and municipalities in which our stores are located. Certain entertainment attractions are heavily regulated and such regulations vary significantly between communities. Moreover, as more states and local communities implement legalized gambling, the corresponding enabling regulations may also be applicable to our redemption games and regulators may create new licensing requirements, taxes or fees, or restrictions on the various types of redemption games we offer. From time-to-time, existing stores may be required to modify certain games, alter the mix of games, or terminate the use of specific games as a result of the interpretation of regulations by state or local officials, any of which could adversely affect our operations.
Changes in laws, regulations and other requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are also subject to federal, state and local environmental laws, regulations and other requirements. More stringent and varied requirements of local and state governmental bodies with respect to zoning, land use and environmental factors could delay or prevent development of new stores in particular locations. Environmental laws and regulations also govern, among other things, discharges of pollutants into the air and water as well as the presence, handling, release and disposal of and exposure to hazardous substances. These laws provide for significant fines and penalties for noncompliance. Third parties may also make personal injury, property damage or other claims against us associated with actual or alleged release of, or exposure to, hazardous substances at our properties. We could also be strictly liable, without regard to fault, for certain environmental conditions at properties we formerly owned or operated as well as at our current properties.
In addition, we are subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act (which governs such matters as minimum wages and overtime), the Americans with Disabilities Act, various family-leave mandates and other federal, state and local laws and regulations that govern working conditions. From time-to-time, the U.S. Congress and the states consider increases in the applicable minimum wage. Several states in which we operate have enacted increases in the minimum wage, which have taken effect during the past several years, and further increases are anticipated. Although we expect increases in payroll expenses as a result of federal and state mandated increases in the minimum wage, such increases are not expected to be material. However, we are uncertain of the repercussion, if any, of increased minimum wages on other expenses. For example, our suppliers may be more severely impacted by higher minimum wage standards, which could result in increased costs to us. If we are unable to offset these costs through increased costs to our guests, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. Moreover, although none of our employees have been or are now represented by any unions, labor organizations may seek to represent certain of our employees in the future, and if they are successful, our payroll expenses and other labor costs may be increased in the course of collective bargaining, and/or there may be strikes or other work disruptions that may adversely affect our business.
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “Patient Act”), as well as other healthcare reform legislation being considered by Congress and state legislatures, may have an adverse effect on our business. Although the Patient Act does not mandate that employers offer health insurance to all employees who are eligible under the legislation, beginning in 2015, penalties will be assessed on employers who do not offer health insurance that meets certain affordability or benefit requirements. Providing health insurance benefits to employees that are more extensive than the health insurance benefits we currently provide and to a potentially larger proportion of our employees, or the payment of penalties if the specified level of coverage is not provided at an affordable cost to employees, will increase our expenses. Additionally, our distributors and suppliers also may be affected by higher health care-related costs, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us. We believe our plans currently meet these requirements, however, providing health insurance benefits to a potentially larger proportion of our employees, or the payment of penalties if the specified level of coverage is not provided at an affordable cost to employees, could have a significant, negative impact on our business.
The Patient Act also requires us to comply with federal nutritional disclosure requirements. Although the Food and Drug Administration published proposed regulations to implement the nutritional menu labeling provisions of the Patient Act in April 2011, the agency has delayed the release of final regulations implementing these requirements. A number of states, counties and cities have also enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit operators to disclose certain nutritional information to customers, or have enacted legislation restricting the use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants. Although the federal legislation is intended to preempt conflicting state or local laws on nutrition labeling, until we are required to comply with the federal law, we will be subject to a patchwork of state and local laws and regulations regarding nutritional content disclosure requirements. The effect of such labeling requirements on consumer choices, if any, is unclear at this time.
Our sales and results of operations may be adversely affected by the climate change and passage of other environmental legislation and regulations. The costs and other effects of new legal requirements cannot be determined with certainty. For example, new legislation or regulations may result in increased costs directly for our compliance or indirectly to the extent that such requirements increase prices charged to us by vendors because of increased compliance costs. At this point, we are unable to determine the impact that climate change and other environmental legislation and regulations could have on our overall business.
 
13

Table of Contents
We face potential liability with our gift cards under the property laws of some states.
Our gift cards, which may be used to purchase food, beverage, merchandise and game play credits in our stores, may be considered stored value cards. Certain states include gift cards under their abandoned and unclaimed property laws, and require companies to remit to the state cash in an amount equal to all or a designated portion of the unredeemed balance on the gift cards based on certain card attributes and the length of time that the cards are inactive. To date we have not remitted any amounts relating to unredeemed gift cards to states based upon our assessment of applicable laws. We recognize income from unredeemed cards when we determine that the likelihood of the cards being redeemed is remote and that recognition is appropriate based on governing state statutes.
The analysis of the potential application of the abandoned and unclaimed property laws to our gift cards is complex, involving an analysis of constitutional, statutory provisions and factual issues. In the event that one or more states change their existing abandoned and unclaimed property laws or successfully challenges our position on the application of its abandoned and unclaimed property laws to our gift cards, or if the estimates that we use in projecting the likelihood of the cards being redeemed prove to be inaccurate, our liabilities with respect to unredeemed gift cards may be materially higher than the amounts shown in our financial statements. If we are required to materially increase the estimated liability recorded in our financial statements with respect to unredeemed gift cards, our net income could be materially and adversely affected.
Our Power Cards may raise similar concerns to gift cards in terms of the applicability of states’ abandoned and unclaimed property laws. However, based on our analysis of abandoned and unclaimed property laws, we believe that our Power Cards are not stored value cards and such laws do not apply, although there can be no assurance that states will not take a different position.
Guest complaints or litigation on behalf of our guests or employees may adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Our business may be adversely affected by legal or governmental proceedings brought by or on behalf of our guests or employees. In recent years, a number of restaurant companies, including ours, have been subject to lawsuits, including class action lawsuits, alleging violations of federal and state law regarding workplace and employment matters, discrimination and similar matters, and a number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial damages to the defendants. We could also face potential liability if we are found to have misclassified certain employees as exempt from the overtime requirements of the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and state labor laws. We have had from time to time and now have such lawsuits pending against us. In addition, from time to time, guests file complaints or lawsuits against us alleging that we are responsible for some illness or injury they suffered at or after a visit to a store. We are also subject to a variety of other claims in the ordinary course of business, including personal injury, lease and contract claims. The restaurant industry has also been subject to a growing number of claims that the menus and actions of restaurant chains have led to the obesity of certain of their guests.
We are also subject to “dram shop” statutes in certain states in which our stores are located. These statutes generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated individual. We are currently the subject of one lawsuit that alleges a violation of these statutes. Recent litigation against restaurant chains has resulted in significant judgments and settlements under dram shop statutes. Because these cases often seek punitive damages, which may not be covered by insurance, such litigation could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and money away from operations and hurt our financial performance. A judgment significantly in excess of our insurance coverage or not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. As approximately 31.1% of our food and beverage revenues were derived from the sale of alcoholic beverages during fiscal 2013, adverse publicity resulting from these allegations may materially affect our stores and us.
We may face labor shortages that could slow our growth and adversely impact our ability to operate our stores.
The successful operation of our business depends upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain a sufficient number of qualified executives, managers and skilled employees. From time-to-time, there may be a shortage of skilled labor in certain of the communities in which our stores are located. Shortages of skilled labor may make it increasingly difficult and expensive to attract, train and retain the services of a satisfactory number of qualified employees and could delay the planned openings of new stores or adversely impact our existing stores. Any such delays, material increases in employee turnover rates in existing stores or widespread employee dissatisfaction could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Competition for qualified employees could require us to pay higher wages, which could result in higher labor costs and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
14

Table of Contents
Immigration reform continues to attract significant attention in the public arena and the U.S. Congress. If new immigration legislation is enacted, such laws may contain provisions that could increase our costs in recruiting, training and retaining employees. Also, although our hiring practices comply with the requirements of federal law in reviewing employees’ citizenship or authority to work in the U.S., increased enforcement efforts with respect to existing immigration laws by governmental authorities may disrupt a portion of our workforce or our operations at one or more of our stores, thereby negatively impacting our business.
We depend on the services of key executives, the loss of whom could materially harm our business and our strategic direction if we were unable to replace them with executives of equal experience and capabilities.
Our future success significantly depends on the continued service and performance of our key management personnel. We have employment agreements with all members of senior management. However, we cannot prevent members of senior management from terminating their employment with us. Losing the services of members of senior management could materially harm our business until a suitable replacement is found, and such replacement may not have equal experience and capabilities. In addition, we have not purchased life insurance on any members of our senior management.
Local conditions, events, terrorist attacks, adverse weather conditions and natural disasters could adversely affect our business.
Certain of the regions in which our stores are located have been, and may in the future be, subject to adverse local conditions, events, terrorist attacks, adverse weather conditions, or natural disasters, such as earthquakes, floods and hurricanes. In particular, eight of our stores are located in California and are subject to earthquake risk, and our four stores in Florida, our two stores in Houston, Texas and our one store in Hawaii are subject to hurricane risk. Depending upon its magnitude, a natural disaster could severely damage our stores, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. We currently maintain property and business interruption insurance through the aggregate property policy for each of the stores. However, such coverage may not be sufficient if there is a major disaster. In addition, upon the expiration of our current insurance policies, adequate insurance coverage may not be available at reasonable rates, or at all.
Damage to our brand or reputation could adversely affect our business.
Our brand and our reputation are among our most important assets. Our ability to attract and retain guests depends, in part, upon the external perception of our company, the quality of our food service and facilities, and our integrity. Multi-store businesses, such as ours, can be adversely affected by unfavorable publicity resulting from poor food quality, illness or health concerns, or a variety of other operating issues stemming from one or a limited number of stores. Adverse publicity involving any of these factors could make our stores less appealing, reduce our guest traffic and/or impose practical limits on pricing. In the future, our stores may be operated by franchisees. Any such franchisees will be independent third parties that we do not control. Although our franchisees will be contractually obligated to operate the store in accordance with our standards, we would not oversee their daily operations. If one or more of our stores were the subject of unfavorable publicity, our overall brand could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may not be able to renew real property leases on favorable terms, or at all, which may require us to close a store or relocate, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Of the 66 stores operated by us as of February 2, 2014, all are operated on leased property. The leases typically provide for a base rent plus additional rent based on a percentage of the revenue generated by the stores on the leased premises once certain thresholds are met. A decision not to renew a lease for a store could be based on a number of factors, including an assessment of the area in which the store is located. We may choose not to renew, or may not be able to renew, certain of such existing leases if the capital investment then required to maintain the stores at the leased locations is not justified by the return on the required investment. If we are not able to renew the leases at rents that allow such stores to remain profitable as their terms expire, the number of such stores may decrease, resulting in lower revenue from operations, or we may relocate a store, which could subject us to construction and other costs and risks, and, in either case, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Fixed rental payments account for a significant portion of our operating expenses, which increases our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and could limit our operating and financial flexibility.
Payments under our operating leases account for a significant portion of our operating expenses. For example, total rental payments, including additional rental payments based on sales at some of our stores, under operating leases were approximately $55,198 or 9.0% of our total revenues, in fiscal 2013. In addition, as of February 2, 2014, we were a party to operating leases requiring future minimum lease payments aggregating approximately $113,092 through the next two years and approximately $442,455 thereafter. We expect that we will lease any new stores we open under operating leases. Our substantial operating lease obligations could have significant negative consequences, including:
 
 	•	 	increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;	
 
 	•	 	limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;	
 
15

Table of Contents
 	•	 	requiring a substantial portion of our available cash to be applied to pay our rental obligations, thus reducing cash available for other purposes;	
 
 	•	 	limiting our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business or the industry in which we compete; and	
 
 	•	 	placing us at a disadvantage with respect to our competitors.	
We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease obligations and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under bank loans or from other sources, we may not be able to service our operating lease obligations, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would have a material adverse effect on us.
We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property.
Our intellectual property is essential to our success and competitive position. We use a combination of intellectual property rights, such as trademarks and trade secrets, to protect our brand and certain other proprietary processes and information material to our business. The success of our business strategy depends, in part, on our continued ability to use our intellectual property rights to increase brand awareness and further develop our branded products in both existing and new markets. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, we may lose an important advantage in the markets in which we compete. If third parties misappropriate or infringe our intellectual property, the value of our image, brand and the goodwill associated therewith may be diminished, our brand may fail to achieve and maintain market recognition, and our competitive position may be harmed, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our revenues. Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the violation or misappropriation of such intellectual property rights by others. To protect our intellectual property, we may become involved in litigation, which could result in substantial expenses, divert the attention of management, and adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
We cannot be certain that our products and services do not and will not infringe on the intellectual property rights of others. Any such claims, regardless of merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to litigate or settle, divert the attention of management, cause significant delays, materially disrupt the conduct of our business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay a substantial damage award, take a royalty-bearing license, discontinue the use of third party products used within our operations and/or rebrand our business and products.
Failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important in helping to prevent financial fraud. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal controls, our business and operating results could be harmed. Any failure to remediate deficiencies noted by our management or our independent registered public accounting firm or to implement required new or improved controls or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements.
Disruptions in our information technology systems or security breaches of confidential customer information or personal employee information could have an adverse impact on our operations.
Our operations are dependent upon the integrity, security and consistent operation of various systems and data centers, including the point-of-sale, kiosk and amusement operations systems in our stores, data centers that process transactions, communication systems and various other software applications used throughout our operations. Disruptions in these systems could have an adverse impact on our operations. We could encounter difficulties in developing new systems or maintaining and upgrading existing systems. Such difficulty could lead to significant expenses or to losses due to disruption in our business operations. In 2007, there was an external breach of our credit card processing systems, which led to fraudulent credit card activity and resulted in the payment of fines and reimbursements for the fraudulent credit card activity. As part of a settlement with the Federal Trade Commission, we have implemented a series of corrective measures in order to ensure that our computer systems are secure and that our guests’ personal information is protected. Despite our considerable efforts and investment in technology to secure our computer network, security could still be compromised, confidential information could be misappropriated or system disruptions could occur in the future. This could lead to a loss of sales or profits or cause us to incur significant costs to reimburse third parties for damages.
 
16

Table of Contents
Our current insurance policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all claims and we may incur losses that are not covered by our insurance.
We believe we maintain insurance coverage that is customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. For example, we maintain business interruption insurance, but there can be no assurance that the coverage for a severe or prolonged business interruption at one or more of our stores would be adequate. Given the limited number of stores we operate, such a loss could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Similarly, although we carry insurance for breaches of our computer network security, there can be no assurance that all types of potential loss or liability will be covered by such insurance or that we have enough insurance to provide coverage against all claims. Moreover, we believe that insurance covering liability for violations of wage and hour laws is generally not available. These losses, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Capital Structure
Our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting our financial obligations.
As of February 2, 2014, we had $144,375 ($143,825 net of discount) of borrowings under our existing term loan facility, no borrowings under our revolving credit facility, $5,670 in letters of credit outstanding and $200,000 aggregate principal amount of 11.0% senior notes outstanding. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to further refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to do any of this on a timely basis or on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences, including:
 
 	•	 	our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions, new store growth, and general corporate or other purposes may be limited;	
 
 	•	 	a portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on the indebtedness and will not be available for other purposes, including operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;	
 
 	•	 	certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to adjust to changing market conditions may be limited and may place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to less-leveraged competitors; and	
 
 	•	 	we may be vulnerable in a downturn in general economic conditions or in business, or may be unable to carry on capital spending that is important to our growth.	
The terms of our senior secured credit facility and our 11.0% senior notes restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.
Our senior secured credit facility and our 11.0% senior notes contain, and any future indebtedness likely will contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:
 
 	•	 	incur additional debt;	
 
 	•	 	pay dividends and make other restricted payments;	
 
 	•	 	create liens;	
 
 	•	 	make investments and acquisitions;	
 
 	•	 	engage in sales of assets and subsidiary stock;	
 
 	•	 	enter into sale-leaseback transactions;	
 
 	•	 	enter into transactions with affiliates;	
 
 	•	 	transfer all or substantially all of our assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions;	
 
 	•	 	hedge currency and interest rate risk; and	
 
 	•	 	make capital expenditures.	
 
17

Table of Contents
Our senior secured credit facility requires us to maintain certain financial ratios in the event we draw on our revolving credit facility or issue letters of credit in excess of $12.0 million. Failure by us to comply with the covenants or financial ratios contained in the instruments governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default under the facility which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. In the event of any default under our credit facility, the lenders will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us. Our lenders also could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be due and payable and require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these amounts. If our indebtedness were to be accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full.
Our Board of Directors may be controlled by a single stockholder, whose interest may not align with yours.
As a result of the June 1, 2010 acquisition and subsequent stock transactions, as of February 2, 2014, the Oak Hill Funds or their affiliates control approximately 95.4% of our outstanding common stock. Neither the Oak Hill Funds nor its affiliates have any obligation to contribute additional funds (directly or indirectly) to the Company.
Accordingly, the Oak Hill Funds or their affiliates indirectly beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock and can determine the outcomes of the elections of members of our Board of Directors and the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. The interests of the Oak Hill Funds or their affiliates could conflict with those of our public debt holders. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they come due, the interests of the Oak Hill Funds and their affiliates as equity holders might conflict with the interests of our noteholders. The Oak Hill Funds or their affiliates may have an interest in Dave & Buster’s pursuing acquisitions, divestitures or financings or other transactions that, in their judgment could enhance their equity investment, even though such transactions may involve significant risks to our noteholders. In addition, the Oak Hill Funds and their affiliates may in the future own interests in businesses that compete with ours.
 
ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	
As of February 2, 2014, we lease the building or site of all 66 company-owned stores. Our lone franchised store operating in Canada ceased operations as Dave & Buster’s on May 31, 2013. The Company had no financial obligation relating to the franchisee’s property. The following table sets forth the number of stores that are located in each state/country as of February 2, 2014. Our stores in Westchester, California which opened for business on February 19, 2014 and Vernon Hills, Illinois which opened for business on March 26, 2014 have been excluded from the table below.
 
18

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Number of	 	
State or Country	  	Stores	 	
Arizona	  	 	2	  	
California	  	 	7	  	
Colorado	  	 	2	  	
Florida	  	 	4	  	
Georgia	  	 	3	  	
Hawaii	  	 	1	  	
Idaho	  	 	1	  	
Illinois	  	 	3	  	
Indiana	  	 	1	  	
Kansas	  	 	1	  	
Maryland	  	 	2	  	
Massachusetts	  	 	1	  	
Michigan	  	 	2	  	
Minnesota	  	 	1	  	
Missouri	  	 	1	  	
Nebraska	  	 	1	  	
New York	  	 	8	  	
North Carolina	  	 	2	  	
Ohio	  	 	4	  	
Oklahoma	  	 	2	  	
Pennsylvania	  	 	4	  	
Rhode Island	  	 	1	  	
Tennessee	  	 	1	  	
Texas	  	 	7	  	
Virginia	  	 	2	  	
Wisconsin	  	 	1	  	
Canada	  	 	1	  	
Our stores generally are located on land that is leased. The contracted lease terms, including renewal options, generally range from 20 to 40 years. Our leases typically provide for a minimum annual rent plus contingent rent to be determined as a percentage of the applicable store’s annual gross revenues. We currently pay contingent rent in 16 of our stores. Generally, leases are “net leases” that require us to pay our pro rata share of taxes, insurance and maintenance costs.
In addition to our leased stores, we lease a 47,000 square foot office building and 30,000 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as our corporate headquarters and distribution center. This lease expires in October 2021, with options to renew until October 2041. We also lease a 31,000 square foot warehouse facility in Dallas, Texas, for use as additional warehouse space. This lease will expire in January 2019, with options to renew until January 2028.
 
ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	
We are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, based upon consultation with legal counsel, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to, or an adverse outcome in any such legal proceedings or claims will not materially affect our business, the consolidated results of our operations or our financial condition.
 
ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	
None.
 
19

Table of Contents
PART II
 
ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	
There is no established public trading market for our common stock. One hundred percent of our outstanding common stock is owned by D&B Holdings. There were no repurchases by Dave & Buster’s, Inc. of our common stock in 2013. See “Business – Corporate History” in Item 1.
 
ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA	
The following selected financial data is qualified in entirety by the consolidated financial statements (and the related Notes thereto) contained in Item 8 and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7. We derived the selected financial data from the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes as of the fiscal years ended February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013, included elsewhere in this Report. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of fiscal year ended January 29, 2012, the 244 days ended January 30, 2011, 120 days ended May 31, 2010, and fiscal year ended January 31, 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements previously filed with the SEC.

 	  	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	 	244 Days	 	 	120 Days	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	
 	  	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	
 	  	February 2,	 	 	February 3,	 	 	January	 	 	January	 	 	May	 	 	January	 	
 	  	2014	 	 	2013 (1)	 	 	29, 2012	 	 	30, 2011	 	 	31, 2010	 	 	31, 2010	 	
 	  	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Statement of Operations Data:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	$	635,579	  	 	$	608,067	  	 	$	541,545	  	 	$	343,533	  	 	$	178,006	  	 	$	520,783	  	
Operating income	  	 	51,039	  	 	 	43,714	  	 	 	34,150	  	 	 	17,778	  	 	 	4,241	  	 	 	21,871	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	12,496	  	 	 	17,997	  	 	 	955	  	 	 	(5,157	) 	 	 	(2,138	) 	 	 	(350	) 	
Balance sheet data (as of end of period):	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	 	38,080	  	 	 	36,117	  	 	 	33,684	  	 	 	34,407	  	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	16,682	  	
Working capital deficit  (2)	  	 	(22,568	) 	 	 	(1,065	) 	 	 	(14,890	) 	 	 	(5,186	) 	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	(33,922	) 	
Property and equipment, net	  	 	388,093	  	 	 	337,239	  	 	 	323,342	  	 	 	304,819	  	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	294,151	  	
Total assets	  	 	851,386	  	 	 	804,553	  	 	 	778,662	  	 	 	764,542	  	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	483,640	  	
Total debt, net of discount	  	 	343,825	  	 	 	345,079	  	 	 	346,667	  	 	 	347,918	  	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	227,250	  	
Stockholder’s equity	  	 	274,260	  	 	 	260,976	  	 	 	241,865	  	 	 	239,830	  	 	 	N/A	  	 	 	92,646	  	
Other data:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	  	$	105,894	  	 	$	78,689	  	 	$	72,946	  	 	$	22,255	  	 	$	12,978	  	 	$	48,423	  	
Stores open at end of period  (3)	  	 	66	  	 	 	61	(4)(6) 	 	 	58	(4)(5) 	 	 	57	(4) 	 	 	57 	(4) 	 	 	55	(4) 	
 
(1) 	We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday after the Saturday nearest January 31. Fiscal year 2012 was 53 weeks in length and all other fiscal years presented herein were 52 weeks.	
(2)	Defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities.	
(3)	Our location in Nashville, Tennessee, which temporarily closed from May 2, 2010 to November 28, 2011, due to flooding is included in our store count for all periods.	
(4)	The number of stores open excludes one franchise location in Canada that ceased operations as Dave & Busters on May 31, 2013.	
(5) 	Our January 29, 2012, store count reflects the May 2011 closure of one store in the Dallas trade area.	
(6)	Our February 3, 2013, store count reflects the December 2012 closure of a second store in the Dallas trade area.	
 
ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements, and related notes. Unless otherwise specified, the meanings of all defined terms in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) are consistent with the meanings of such terms as defined in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” for a discussion on the risks, uncertainties, and assumptions relating to our forward-looking statements. All dollar amounts are presented in thousands.
 
20

Table of Contents
General
We are a leading owner and operator of high-volume venues that combine dining and entertainment in North America for both adults and families. We define high-volume dining and entertainment venues as those open for at least one full year and with average store revenues in excess of $5,000. Founded in 1982, the core of our concept is to offer our guest base the opportunity to “Eat Drink Play  ® ” all in one location. We believe we are the largest national chain offering a full menu of casual dining food items and a full selection of non-alcoholic and alcoholic beverage items combined with an extensive assortment of entertainment attractions, including large screen televisions and high quality audio systems providing guests with a venue for watching live sports and other televised events, skill and sports-oriented redemption games, video games, interactive simulators and other traditional games. Our guests are primarily a balanced mix of men and women aged 21 to 39, and we believe we are also an attractive venue for families with children and teenagers. We believe we appeal to a diverse customer base by providing a highly customizable experience in a dynamic and fun setting.
As of February 2, 2014, we owned and operated 66 stores in 26 states and Canada. Subsequent to February 2, 2014, we opened new stores in Westchester, California and Vernon Hills, Illinois. On May 31, 2013, our lone franchise store ceased operation as Dave & Buster’s. This change and the associated termination of the related franchise and development agreements did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. Our stores are open seven days a week, typically from 11:30 a.m. to midnight on Sunday through Thursday and 11:30 a.m. to 2:00 a.m. on Friday and Saturday. Our stores average approximately 46,000 square feet in size and range between 16,000 and 66,000 square feet. In the 52 week period ended February 2, 2014, we had total revenues of $635,579.
Corporate History
Overview
We were founded in 1982 by David “Dave” Corriveau and James “Buster” Corley under the belief that there was consumer demand for the combined experience of entertainment, food and drinks. We opened our first two locations in Dallas, Texas in 1982 and 1988 and have subsequently expanded to 68 company-owned stores in 26 states and Canada. From 1997 to early 2006, we operated as a public company under the leadership of Dave and Buster. In March 2006, we were acquired by Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc. (“D&B Holdings”), a holding company controlled by Wellspring Capital Partners III, L.P. (“Wellspring”) and HBK Main Street Investors, L.P. (“HBK”). D&B Holdings was then acquired on June 1, 2010 by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P (collectively the “Oak Hill Funds”).
As of February 2, 2014, the Oak Hill Funds control approximately 95.4% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management control approximately 4.5% of the outstanding common stock of D&B Entertainment. The remaining 0.1% is owned by a former member of management.
Expense Reimbursement Agreement
We entered into an expense reimbursement agreement with Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, concurrently with the consummation of the acquisition. Pursuant to this agreement, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC provides general advice to us in connection with our long-term strategic plans, financial management, strategic transactions and other business matters. The expense reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of certain expenses of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. We incurred expenses of $722, $799 and $860 during fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively, under the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement. The initial term of the expense reimbursement agreement expires in June 2015 and after that date, such agreement will renew automatically on a year-to-year basis unless one party gives at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention not to renew.
Presentation of Operating Results
We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to January 31. Each quarter consists of 13 weeks, except for a 53 week year when the fourth quarter consists of 14 weeks. Our 2012 fiscal year consisted of 53 weeks and all other years presented consist of 52 weeks. All references to “2013”, “fiscal 2013”, “fiscal year 2013” or similar references relate to the 52 week period ended February 2, 2014. All references to “2012”, “fiscal 2012”, “fiscal year 2012” or similar references relate to the 53 week period ended February 3, 2013. All references to “2011”, “fiscal 2011”, “fiscal year 2011” or similar references relate to the 52 week period ended January 29, 2012. As a result of the 53 week fiscal year in 2012, our 2013 fiscal year began one week later than our 2012 fiscal year. In order to provide useful information to investors to better analyze our business, we have provided below comparable store sales presented on a calendar week basis. Comparable store sales for the fiscal year on a calendar week basis compares the results for the period from February 4, 2013 through February 2, 2014 (weeks 1 through 52 of our 2013 fiscal year) to the results for the period from February 6, 2012 through February 3, 2013 (weeks 2 through 53 of our 2012 fiscal year). We believe comparable store sales calculated on a calendar week basis is more indicative of the health of our business. However, we also recognize that comparable store sales growth calculated on a fiscal week basis is a useful measure when analyzing year-over-year changes in our financial statements.
 
21

Table of Contents
Overview
We monitor and analyze a number of key performance measures in order to manage our business and evaluate financial and operating performance. These measures include:
Revenue. Total revenues consist of food and beverage revenues as well as amusement and other revenues. Beverage revenues refer to alcoholic beverages. For the year ended February 2, 2014, we derived 33.6% of our total revenue from food sales, 15.2% from beverage sales, 50.4% from amusement sales and 0.8% from other sources. For the year ended February 3, 2013, we derived 33.9% of our total revenue from food sales, 15.2% from beverage sales, 50.1% from amusement sales and 0.8% from other sources. Our revenues are primarily influenced by the number of stores in operation and comparable store revenue. Comparable store revenue growth reflects the change in year-over-year revenue for the comparable store base and is an important measure of store performance. We define the comparable store base to include those stores open for a full 18 months as of the beginning of each fiscal year. Percentage changes have been calculated based on an equivalent number of weeks in both the current and comparison periods. Comparable store sales growth can be generated by an increase in guest traffic counts or by increases in average dollars spent per guest.
We continually monitor the success of current food and beverage items, the availability of new menu offerings, the menu price structure and our ability to adjust prices where competitively appropriate. With respect to the beverage component, we operate fully licensed facilities, which means that we offer full beverage service, including alcoholic beverages throughout each store.
Our stores also offer an extensive array of amusements and entertainment options, with typically over 150 redemption and simulation games. We also offer traditional pocket billiards and shuffleboard. Redemption games offer our guests the opportunity to win tickets that can be redeemed for prizes in the “Winner’s Circle,” ranging from branded novelty items to high-end home electronics. Our redemption games include basic games of skill, such as skeeball and basketball, as well as competitive racing, and individual electronic games of skill. We review the amount of game play on existing amusements in an effort to match amusements availability with guest preferences. We intend to continue to invest in new games as they become available and prove to be attractive to guests. Our unique venue allows us to provide our customers with value driven food and amusement combination offerings such as our “Eat & Play Combo.” The “Eat & Play Combo” allows customers to purchase a variety of entrée and game card pairings at various discounted fixed price levels and from time to time we include tickets that can be redeemed for prizes as part of the offering. Our “Half-Price Game Play Wednesdays” offer allows guests to play virtually all of our games for one-half of the regular price on Wednesdays. We also offer various food and beverage discounts during key sports viewing times. In addition, from time to time we have limited time offers which allow our guests to play certain new games for free as a way to introduce those new games.
We believe that special events business is a very important component of our revenue because a significant percentage of our guests attending a special event are visiting a Dave & Buster’s for the first time. This is a very advantageous way to introduce the concept to new guests. Accordingly, a considerable emphasis is placed on the special events portion of our business.
Cost of products. Cost of products includes the cost of food, beverages and the “Winner’s Circle” redemption items. For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2014, the cost of food products averaged 25.6% of food revenue and the cost of beverage products averaged 23.7% of beverage revenue. The amusement and other cost of products averaged 14.6% of amusement and other revenues. For the fiscal year ended February 3, 2013, the cost of food products averaged 24.9% of food revenue and the cost of beverage products averaged 23.4% of beverage revenue. The amusement and other cost of products averaged 14.9% of amusement and other revenues. The cost of products is driven by product mix and pricing movements from third-party suppliers. We continually strive to gain efficiencies in both the acquisition and use of products while maintaining high standards of product quality.
Operating payroll and benefits. Operating payroll and benefits consist of wages, employer taxes and benefits for store personnel. We continually review the opportunity for efficiencies principally through scheduling refinements.
Other store operating expenses. Other store operating expenses consist of store-related occupancy, supply and outside service expenses, utilities, repair and maintenance and marketing and promotional costs.
Liquidity and cash flows. The primary source of cash flow is from our operating activities and availability under the revolving credit facility.
 
22

Table of Contents
Store-level variability, quarterly fluctuations, seasonality, and inflation. We have historically operated stores varying in size and have experienced significant variability among stores in volumes, operating results and net investment costs. Our new locations typically open with sales volumes in excess of their run-rate levels, which we refer to as a “honeymoon” effect. We expect our new store volumes and margins to be lower in the second full year of operations than in their first full year of operations, and to grow in line with the rest of our comparable store base thereafter. As a result of the substantial revenues associated with each new store, the timing of new store openings will result in significant fluctuations in quarterly results.
We also expect seasonality to be a factor in the operation or results of the business in the future with higher first and fourth quarter revenues associated with the spring and year-end holidays. These quarters will continue to be susceptible to the impact of severe weather on customer traffic and sales during that period. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters.
We expect that volatile economic conditions will continue to exert pressure on both supplier pricing and consumer spending related to entertainment and dining alternatives. Although there is no assurance that our cost of products will remain stable or that federal or state minimum wage rates will not increase beyond amounts currently legislated, the effects of any supplier price increases or minimum wage rate increases are expected to be partially offset by selected menu price increases where competitively appropriate.
Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected data in thousands of dollars and as a percentage of total revenues (unless otherwise noted) for the periods indicated. All information is derived from the consolidated statements of operations included in this Report. The following table presents the results of operations for fiscal year 2013 and fiscal year 2012:

 	  	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	
 	  	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	
 	  	February 2,	 	 	February 3,	 	
 	  	2014	 	 	2013	 	
Food and beverage revenues	  	$	310,111	  	  	 	48.8	% 	 	$	298,421	  	 	 	49.1	% 	
Amusement and other revenues	  	 	325,468	  	  	 	51.2	  	 	 	309,646	  	 	 	50.9	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	 	635,579	  	  	 	100.0	  	 	 	608,067	  	 	 	100.0	  	
Cost of food and beverage (as a percentage of food and beverage revenues)	  	 	77,577	  	  	 	25.0	  	 	 	73,019	  	 	 	24.5	  	
Cost of amusement and other (as a percentage of amusement and other revenues)	  	 	47,437	  	  	 	14.6	  	 	 	46,098	  	 	 	14.9	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of products	  	 	125,014	  	  	 	19.7	  	 	 	119,117	  	 	 	19.6	  	
Operating payroll and benefits	  	 	150,172	  	  	 	23.6	  	 	 	145,571	  	 	 	23.9	  	
Other store operating expenses	  	 	199,537	  	  	 	31.4	  	 	 	192,792	  	 	 	31.7	  	
General and administrative expenses	  	 	36,440	  	  	 	5.8	  	 	 	40,356	  	 	 	6.7	  	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	66,337	  	  	 	10.4	  	 	 	63,457	  	 	 	10.4	  	
Pre-opening costs	  	 	7,040	  	  	 	1.1	  	 	 	3,060	  	 	 	0.5	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	  	 	584,540	  	  	 	92.0	  	 	 	564,353	  	 	 	92.8	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	51,039	  	  	 	8.0	  	 	 	43,714	  	 	 	7.2	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	31,311	  	  	 	4.9	  	 	 	33,075	  	 	 	5.4	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	19,728	  	  	 	3.1	  	 	 	10,639	  	 	 	1.8	  	
Income tax provision (benefit)	  	 	7,232	  	  	 	1.1	  	 	 	(7,358	) 	 	 	(1.2	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	12,496	  	  	 	2.0	% 	 	$	17,997	  	 	 	3.0	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in comparable store sales (1)	  	 	 	 	  	 	1.0	% 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3.0	% 	
Stores open at end of period (2)	  	 	 	 	  	 	66	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	61	  	
Comparable stores open at end of period (1)	  	 	 	 	  	 	55	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	54	  	
 
(1)	“Comparable store sales” (year-over-year comparison of stores open at the end of the period which have been opened for at least 18 months as of the beginning of each of the fiscal years) is a key performance indicator used within the industry and is indicative of acceptance of our initiatives as well as local economic and consumer trends. The change in comparable store sales for fiscal 2013 has been calculated on a comparable calendar week basis as described previously. The fiscal year 2012 comparable store sales have been adjusted to remove the impact of the 53 rd  week prior to calculating the change in comparable store sales.	
(2) 	The number of stores open excludes one franchise location in Canada that ceased operations as Dave & Buster’s on May 31, 2013. Our location in Dallas, Texas, which was permanently closed on December 17, 2012, was excluded from our 2012 store count. Our new store openings during the last two fiscal years were as follows:	
 
23

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fiscal Year Ended	 	  	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
February 2, 2014	 	  	February 3, 2013	 	
Location	  	Opening Date	 	  	Location	  	Opening Date	 	
Virginia Beach, VA	  	 	7/20/2013	  	  	Oklahoma City, OK	  	 	1/30/2012	  	
Syracuse, NY	  	 	8/21/2013	  	  	Orland Park, IL (Chicago)	  	 	9/22/2012	  	
Albany, NY	  	 	8/24/2013	  	  	Dallas, TX (1)	  	 	12/2/2012	  	
Cary, NC	  	 	11/6/2013	  	  	Boise, ID	  	 	1/12/2013	  	
Livonia, MI	  	 	12/16/2013	  	  	 	  	 	 	 	
 
(1) 	This new store opening replaced a store in the same market, Dallas, Texas, which closed on December 17, 2012.	
Revenues
Total revenues increased $27,512, or 4.5%, to $635,579 in fiscal year 2013 compared to total revenues of $608,067 in fiscal year 2012.
The increased revenues were derived from the following sources:

 	  	Fiscal 2013	 	
Non-comparable stores	  	$	34,198	  	
Comparable stores	  	 	5,260	  	
Shift in fiscal year impact (week 1 of fiscal 2013)	  	 	(10,746	) 	
Other	  	 	(1,200	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	27,512	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The following discussion of comparable store sales has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2013 revenues to adjusted fiscal 2012 revenues. Fiscal 2012 revenues have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the shift in our fiscal 2013 calendar and the additional week in our fiscal 2012, as discussed previously in “Presentation of Operating Results”. We have estimated the shift in comparable store revenues and the additional week in fiscal 2012 to be a decrease in sales of $9,796. Comparable store revenue increased $5,260, or 1.0% for fiscal 2013 compared to the comparable period in 2012. Comparable store walk-in revenues, which accounted for 87.1% of consolidated comparable store revenue for fiscal 2013, increased $2,587, or 0.5% compared to the similar period in 2012. Comparable store special events revenues, which accounted for 12.9% of consolidated comparable store revenue for fiscal 2013, increased $2,673 or 3.9% compared to the comparable period in 2012.
Sales growth was led by amusement and other revenues. Comparable store amusement and other revenues for fiscal 2013 increased by $3,581, or 1.3%, to $283,009 from $279,428 in the 2012 comparison period. The growth over 2012 in amusement sales was driven by Power Card up-sell initiatives and buy-ins at higher denominations. Beverage sales at comparable stores increased by $1,327, or 1.6%, to $84,986 for fiscal 2013 from $83,659 in the comparable period in 2012. Food sales increased by $352, or 0.2%, to $187,579 for fiscal 2013 from $187,227 in the comparable period in 2012. The increased food and beverage revenues are partially due to televised sports viewing and related promotions in fiscal 2013.
We have estimated the shift in non-comparable store revenue and the additional week in fiscal 2012 to be a reduction in sales of $950. The non-comparable store revenue increased by a total of $34,198, or 72.7%, for fiscal 2013 compared to the comparable period in 2012. The increase in non-comparable store revenue was driven by additional sales weeks at our stores that opened in fiscal 2012 as well as our five fiscal 2013 store openings. The revenue gains achieved in our stores opening in the second half of fiscal 2012 were partially offset by revenue decreases in our stores opened in fiscal 2011 and early fiscal 2012, due to those stores coming out of the “honeymoon” period, and the December 2012 closure of one store in Dallas, Texas.
Our revenue mix was 33.6% for food, 15.2% for beverage, and 51.2% for amusements and other for fiscal 2013. This compares to 33.9%, 15.2%, and 50.9%, respectively, for fiscal 2012.
 
24

Table of Contents
Cost of products
The total cost of products was $125,014 for fiscal 2013 and $119,117 for fiscal 2012. The total cost of products as a percentage of total revenues was 19.7% and 19.6% for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively.
Cost of food and beverage products increased to $77,577 in fiscal 2013 compared to $73,019 for fiscal 2012 due primarily to the increased sales volume. Cost of food and beverage products, as a percentage of food and beverage revenues, increased 50 basis points to 25.0% for fiscal 2013 from 24.5% for fiscal 2012. Increased cost in our meat and grocery categories was partially offset by a favorable shift in product mix.
Cost of amusement and other increased to $47,437 in fiscal 2013 compared to $46,098 in fiscal 2012. The costs of amusement and other, as a percentage of amusement and other revenues, decreased 30 basis points to 14.6% for fiscal 2013 from 14.9% for fiscal 2012. This decrease was driven by a reduction in the redemption cost per ticket redeemed as a result of Winner’s Circle price increases and efficiencies in procurement of items available for redemption in our Winner’s Circle.
Operating payroll and benefits
Operating payroll and benefits increased by $4,601, or 3.2%, to $150,172 in fiscal 2013 compared to $145,571 in fiscal 2012, primarily due to new store openings. The total cost of operating payroll and benefits, as a percent of total revenues, decreased 30 basis points to 23.6% in fiscal 2013 compared to 23.9% for fiscal 2012. The decrease in operating payroll and benefits, as a percentage of revenues, was driven primarily by decreased hourly labor and incentive compensation expense and favorable health insurance claims experience. These decreases were partially offset by higher management labor costs.
Other store operating expenses
Other store operating expenses increased by $6,745, or 3.5%, to $199,537 in fiscal 2013 compared to $192,792 in fiscal 2012, primarily due to new store openings and increased costs associated with higher subscriptions for televised sports viewing. These increases were partially offset by favorable claims experiences in general liability insurance. Other store operating expenses as a percentage of total revenues decreased 30 basis points to 31.4% in fiscal 2013 compared to 31.7% for the same period of 2012.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel, facilities, and professional expenses for the various departments of our corporate headquarters. General and administrative expenses decreased by $3,916, or 9.7%, to $36,440 in fiscal 2013 compared to $40,356 in fiscal 2012. The decrease in general and administrative expenses was primarily driven by recognition of approximately $2,940 of cost related to the withdrawn initial public offering of D&B Entertainment’s common stock in the third quarter of 2012. The expenses related to this transaction were pushed down to the Company as the funds from the offering were to have been substantially used to reduce the Company’s senior notes.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Depreciation and amortization expense includes the depreciation of fixed assets and the amortization of trademarks with finite lives. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $2,880, or 4.5%, to $66,337 in fiscal 2013 compared to $63,457 in fiscal 2012. The increase was driven by higher depreciation associated with new store openings, major remodeling projects at sixteen stores during fiscal 2012 and 2013, several smaller scale remodels in fiscal 2013 and maintenance capital expenditures. These increases were partially offset by the absence of depreciation related to our location in Dallas, Texas which closed in December 2012.
Pre-opening costs
Pre-opening costs include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores, including pre-opening rent, staff training and recruiting, and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. Pre-opening costs increased by $3,980 to $7,040 in fiscal 2013 compared to $3,060 in fiscal 2012 due to the timing of new store openings. During fiscal 2013, our pre-opening costs were primarily attributable to new stores located in Virginia Beach, Virginia, which opened for business in the second quarter of 2013, Albany, New York and Syracuse, New York, which opened for business in the third quarter of 2013, Cary, North Carolina, and Livonia, Michigan which opened for business in the fourth quarter of 2013, Westchester, California, which opened for business in February 2014 and Vernon Hills, Illinois, which opened for business in March 2014. During the same period of 2012, our pre-opening costs consisted primarily of expenses incurred in connection with our Orland Park, Illinois store, which opened for business during the third quarter of 2012 and our Dallas, Texas and Boise, Idaho stores, which opened for business during the fourth quarter of 2012.
 
25

Table of Contents
Interest expense
Interest expense includes the cost of our debt obligations including the amortization of loan fees and original issue discounts, and any interest income earned. Interest expense decreased by $1,764 to $31,311 in fiscal 2013 compared to $33,075 in fiscal 2012. This decrease was primarily due to lower interest rates based on the Second Amendment, as described in “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness”.
Income tax provision (benefit)
The income tax expense for 2013 was $7,232 compared to an income tax benefit of $7,358 for fiscal year 2012. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due to the FICA tip credits, state income taxes and the impact of certain expenses, which are not deductible for income tax purposes. Fiscal 2012 effective tax rate was impacted by the reversal of valuation allowances associated with certain deferred tax assets as discussed below.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, at February 2, 2014 we considered whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Accordingly, we have established a valuation allowance of $1,388 for deferred tax assets associated with state taxes and uncertain tax positions as of February 2, 2014. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which temporary differences and carryforwards become deductible. During fiscal 2012, we recorded a $6,662 reduction to our previously established valuation allowance related to the assessed realization of federal tax benefits associated with our deferred tax assets. Additionally, in fiscal 2012, we reduced our previously established valuation allowance against deferred tax assets associated with state taxes and uncertain tax positions by $3,429.
We follow established accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. This guidance limits the recognition of income tax benefits to those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold on the effective date. As of February 2, 2014, we have accrued approximately $476 of unrecognized tax benefits and approximately $291 of penalties and interest. During fiscal 2013, we increased our unrecognized provision by $5 and increased our accrual for interest and penalties by $1. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, $349 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
We file income tax returns, which are periodically audited by various federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. We are generally no longer subject to federal, state, or foreign income tax examinations for years prior to fiscal 2009.
The Company is a member of a consolidated group that includes D&B Entertainment. As of February 2, 2014, the Company owes D&B Entertainment approximately $6,411 of tax-related balances. In fiscal year 2013, we have utilized approximately $3,508 of available stand-alone federal tax credit carryforwards to offset our estimated stand-alone cash tax liability to D&B Entertainment. As of February 2, 2014, we continue to have approximately $670 of available stand-alone federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards. As a result of having less federal tax credit carryforwards available to offset future stand-alone cash tax liabilities, future cash tax requirements may be higher.
 
26

Table of Contents
Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected data in thousands of dollars and as a percentage of total revenues (unless otherwise noted) for the periods indicated. All information is derived from the consolidated statements of operations included in this Report. The following table presents the results of operations for fiscal year 2012 and fiscal year 2011:

 	  	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	
 	  	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	
 	  	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	
 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	
Food and beverage revenues	  	$	298,421	  	 	 	49.1	% 	 	$	272,606	  	  	 	50.3	% 	
Amusement and other revenues	  	 	309,646	  	 	 	50.9	  	 	 	268,939	  	  	 	49.7	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	 	608,067	  	 	 	100.0	  	 	 	541,545	  	  	 	100.0	  	
Cost of food and beverage (as a percentage of food and beverage revenues)	  	 	73,019	  	 	 	24.5	  	 	 	65,751	  	  	 	24.1	  	
Cost of amusement and other (as a percentage of amusement and other revenues)	  	 	46,098	  	 	 	14.9	  	 	 	41,417	  	  	 	15.4	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total cost of products	  	 	119,117	  	 	 	19.6	  	 	 	107,168	  	  	 	19.8	  	
Operating payroll and benefits	  	 	145,571	  	 	 	23.9	  	 	 	130,875	  	  	 	24.2	  	
Other store operating expenses	  	 	192,792	  	 	 	31.7	  	 	 	175,993	  	  	 	32.5	  	
General and administrative expenses	  	 	40,356	  	 	 	6.7	  	 	 	34,896	  	  	 	6.4	  	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	63,457	  	 	 	10.4	  	 	 	54,277	  	  	 	10.0	  	
Pre-opening costs	  	 	3,060	  	 	 	0.5	  	 	 	4,186	  	  	 	0.8	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	  	 	564,353	  	 	 	92.8	  	 	 	507,395	  	  	 	93.7	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	43,714	  	 	 	7.2	  	 	 	34,150	  	  	 	6.3	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	33,075	  	 	 	5.4	  	 	 	32,516	  	  	 	6.0	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	10,639	  	 	 	1.8	  	 	 	1,634	  	  	 	0.3	  	
Income tax provision (benefit)	  	 	(7,358	) 	 	 	(1.2	) 	 	 	679	  	  	 	0.1	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	17,997	  	 	 	3.0	% 	 	$	955	  	  	 	0.2	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Change in comparable store sales (1)	  	 	 	 	 	 	3.0	% 	 	 	 	 	  	 	2.2	% 	
Stores open at end of period (2)	  	 	 	 	 	 	61	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	58	  	
Comparable stores open at end of period (1)	  	 	 	 	 	 	54	  	 	 	 	 	  	 	52	  	
 
(1) 	“Comparable store sales” (year-over-year comparison of stores open at the end of the period which have been opened for at least 18 months as of the beginning of each of the fiscal years) is a key performance indicator used within the industry and is indicative of acceptance of our initiatives as well as local economic and consumer trends. The fiscal year 2012 comparable store sales have been adjusted to remove the impact of the 53 rd  week prior to calculating the year-over-year change percentage.	
(2) 	Excluded from our store count as of January 29, 2012, is one store in Dallas, Texas, which was permanently closed on May 2, 2011. As of February 3, 2013, our store count excludes a second store in Dallas, Texas, which was permanently closed on December 17, 2012. Store count also excludes one franchise store in Canada that ceased operations as Dave & Buster’s on May 31, 2013. Our new store openings during the last two fiscal years were as follows:	

Fiscal Year Ended	 	  	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
February 3, 2013	 	  	January 29, 2012	 	
Location	  	Opening Date	 	  	Location	  	Opening Date	 	
Oklahoma City, OK	  	 	1/30/2012	  	  	Orlando, FL	  	 	7/18/2011	  	
Orland Park, IL (Chicago)	  	 	9/22/2012	  	  	Braintree, MA (Boston)	  	 	12/7/2011	  	
Dallas, TX (1)	  	 	12/2/2012	  	  	 	  	 	 	 	
Boise, ID	  	 	1/12/2013	  	  	 	  	 	 	 	
 
(1) 	This new store opening replaced a store in the same market, Dallas, Texas, which closed on December 17, 2012.	
Our fiscal year 2012 consists of 53 weeks compared to 52 weeks in fiscal 2011. We have estimated the changes in fiscal year 2012 revenues compared to fiscal year 2011 revenues on a comparable 52 week basis under the caption “53 rd  week impact.” All other comparisons are discussed as a percentage of revenue and therefore are not impacted by the additional 53 rd  week.
Revenues
Total revenues were $608,067 for fiscal year 2012 and $541,545 for fiscal year 2011. We have estimated the revenues during the 53 rd  week of fiscal year 2012 to be $10,355 ($8,987 for comparable stores and $1,368 for non-comparable stores). The fiscal year 2012 revenue mix was 49.1% food and beverage and 50.9% amusement and other. The fiscal year 2011 revenue mix was 50.3% food and beverage and 49.7% amusement and other.
 
27

Table of Contents
Total revenues increased $66,522, or 12.3%, to $608,067 in fiscal year 2012 compared to total revenues of $541,545 in fiscal year 2011.
The net increase in revenues were derived from the following sources:

 	  	Adjusted	 	
 	  	fiscal 2012	 	
Non-comparable stores—operating	  	$	42,859	  	
Non-comparable store—closure of store in Dallas, Texas	  	 	(639	) 	
Comparable stores (1)	  	 	15,254	  	
53rd week impact—comparable stores	  	 	8,987	  	
Other	  	 	61	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	66,522	  	

(1) 	Revenue increase for comparable stores has been adjusted to remove the impact of the 53rd week of sales.	
The following discussion on comparable store sales has been prepared by comparing fiscal 2012 revenues on a 52 week basis to fiscal 2011 revenues. Comparable stores revenue increased by $15,254, or 3.0%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. We have estimated the comparable stores revenues during the 53 rd  week of fiscal 2012 to be $8,987. Comparable store walk-in revenues, which accounted for 87.4% of consolidated comparable stores revenue for fiscal 2012, increased $14,433, or 3.2%, compared to fiscal 2011. The special events component of our comparable store sales for fiscal 2012, increased by $821, or 1.2%, compared to fiscal 2011.
Comparable store amusements and other revenues increased by $13,390, or 5.2%, to $269,203 in fiscal 2012 from $255,813 in fiscal 2011. The growth was led by amusement sales, which increased primarily due to strategic investments in new games, up-sell initiatives and television advertising promoting the new games. Such investments and initiatives were designed to increase the appeal and consumption of our amusement offerings. Beverage sales at comparable stores increased by $2,700, or 3.4%, to $81,360 in fiscal 2012 from $78,660 in fiscal 2011. Food sales at comparable stores decreased $836, or 0.5%, to $181,171 in fiscal 2012 from $182,007 in fiscal 2011.
Non-comparable store revenues increased by a total of $42,220. Non-comparable store revenues includes the revenues associated with our last seven store openings and the pre-closure revenues of our store located in Dallas, Texas, which closed on December 17, 2012. Revenues from our four fiscal 2012 store openings totaled $16,975, but were partially offset by the loss of revenues from the store closure mentioned above of $639.
Our revenue mix was 33.9% for food, 15.2% for beverage and 50.9% for amusement and other for fiscal 2012. This compares to 35.1%, 15.2% and 49.7%, respectively, for fiscal 2011.
Cost of products
The total cost of products was $119,117 for fiscal 2012 and $107,168 for fiscal 2011. The total cost of products as a percentage of total revenues was 19.6% and 19.8% for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively.
Cost of food and beverage revenues increased to $73,019 for fiscal 2012 compared to $65,751 for fiscal 2011. Cost of food and beverage products, as a percent of food and beverage revenues, increased 40 basis points to 24.5% of revenues for fiscal 2012 compared to 24.1% of revenues for fiscal 2011. Increased cost pressure in our meat, grocery and most beverage categories was partially offset by reduced poultry and produce costs.
Cost of amusement and other revenues increased to $46,098 in fiscal 2012 compared to $41,417 in fiscal 2011. The costs of amusement and other, as a percentage of amusement and other revenues, decreased by 50 basis points to 14.9% of revenues in fiscal 2012 compared to 15.4% of revenues in fiscal 2011. This decrease is due primarily to less discounting of our amusement offerings in fiscal 2012.
Operating payroll and benefits
Operating payroll and benefits increased by $14,696 to $145,571 in fiscal 2012 compared to $130,875 in fiscal 2011. The total cost of operating payroll and benefits, as a percentage of total revenues, decreased 30 basis points to 23.9% of revenues for fiscal 2012 from 24.2% of revenues for fiscal 2011. This decrease in the percentage of revenues was primarily driven by a continued focus on labor scheduling, efficiency improvement and favorable sales leverage in 2012. Partially offsetting this favorable trend in fiscal 2012 were higher benefit costs, due in part, to unfavorable health insurance claims experience as compared to fiscal 2011, and higher incentive compensation expense related to our store management team.
 
28

Table of Contents
Other store operating expenses
Other store operating expenses increased by $16,799 or 9.5%, to $192,792 in fiscal 2012 compared to $175,993 in fiscal 2011, driven primarily by additional occupancy expenses as a result of new store openings, increased marketing activity, unfavorable claims experience in workers’ compensation and general liability insurance, and the impact of the 53 rd  week in 2012. Additionally, during fiscal 2011, other store operating expenses were reduced by the recognition of business interruption recoveries and gains from property related recoveries of $4,170 related to the Nashville store reopened in November 2011. The other store operating expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, decreased by 80 basis points to 31.7% of revenues for fiscal 2012 from 32.5% of revenues for fiscal 2011. Other store operating expenses, as a percentage of total revenues, were lower primarily as a result of the leveraging impact of higher store sales and favorable trends in utility costs, partially offset by higher losses on fixed asset disposals as a result of strategic investments in new games and the remodel of nine of our existing stores.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel, facilities, and professional expenses for the various departments of our corporate headquarters. General and administrative expenses increased by $5,460, or 15.6%, to $40,356 in fiscal 2012 compared to $34,896 in fiscal 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily driven by the recognition of approximately $2,940 of cost related to the withdrawn initial public offering of D&B Entertainment common stock. The expenses related to this transaction were pushed down to the Company as the funds from the offering were to have been substantially used to reduce the Company’s senior notes. The increase in general and administrative expenses was also driven by increased incentive compensation and salary expense at our corporate headquarters and the impact of the 53 rd  week in 2012, partially offset by decreases in consulting and professional fees.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Depreciation and amortization expense includes the depreciation of fixed assets and the amortization of trademarks with finite lives. Depreciation and amortization expense increased by $9,180, or 16.9%, to $63,457 for fiscal 2012 compared to $54,277 for fiscal 2011. This increase is primarily a result of higher depreciation associated with new store openings, major remodeling projects at nine of our stores and maintenance capital expenditures. Additionally, we estimate the impact of the 53 rd week to be an increase to depreciation expense of $1,447. These increases were partially offset by the absence of depreciation related to assets located in our Dallas, Texas location that were suspended due to the closure of our store and subsequent sale of the assets during fiscal 2011.
Pre-opening costs
Pre-opening costs include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores including pre-opening rent, staff-training and recruiting, and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. Pre-opening costs decreased by $1,126 to $3,060 in fiscal 2012 compared to $4,186 for fiscal 2011 due to the timing and size of new store openings. During fiscal 2012, our pre-opening costs consisted primarily of expenses incurred in connection with the openings of our two small store formats located in Orland Park, Illinois and Boise, Idaho and our one large store format, which opened in Dallas, Texas. During fiscal 2011, our pre-opening costs consisted primarily of expenses incurred in connection with the openings our two large store formats located in Orlando, Florida and Braintree (Boston), Massachusetts. Additionally during fiscal 2011, we incurred substantially all the pre-opening costs related to our small store format located in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, which opened in early fiscal 2012.
Interest expense
Interest expense includes the cost of our debt obligations including the amortization of loan fees, and original issue discounts, and any interest income earned. Interest expense increased by $559, or 1.7%, to $33,075 for fiscal 2012 compared to $32,516 for fiscal 2011, driven primarily by the impact of the 53 rd  week, which we estimate to be $633 and decreased capitalized interest associated with our fiscal 2012 construction as compared to our fiscal 2011 construction. Partially offsetting these increases are debt costs recognized in the second quarter of fiscal 2011 related to the Amendment executed on May 13, 2011.
 
29

Table of Contents
Income tax provision (benefit)
Provision for income taxes consisted of an aggregate income tax benefit of $7,358 for fiscal 2012 and an income tax provision of $679 for fiscal 2011. Our effective tax rate differs from statutory rates due to the deduction of FICA tip credits, state income taxes, and the impact of the change in the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.
In assessing the realizability of our deferred tax assets, at February 3, 2013 we considered whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on the level of recent historical taxable income; consistent generation of annual taxable income, and estimations of future taxable income we have concluded that it is more likely than not that we will realize the federal tax benefits associated with our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have reduced our previously established valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets for federal taxes by $6,662. We assessed the realizability of the deferred tax assets associated with state taxes, foreign taxes and uncertain tax positions and have concluded that it is more likely than not that we will realize a portion of these benefits. Accordingly, we have reduced our previously established valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets for state taxes and uncertain tax positions by $3,429. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which temporary differences and carryforwards become deductible.
We follow accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. This guidance limits the recognition of income tax benefits to those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold on the effective date. As of February 3, 2013, we have accrued approximately $471 of unrecognized tax benefits and approximately $290 of penalties and interest. During fiscal 2012, we decreased our unrecognized tax benefit by $469 and decreased our accrual for interest and penalties by $819 based upon lapsing of time and settlement with taxing jurisdictions. Future recognition of potential interest or penalties, if any, will be recorded as a component of income tax expense. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, $412 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.
Quarterly results of operations and seasonality
The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial and operating data in each fiscal quarter during fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012. The unaudited quarterly information includes all normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Report.

 	  	Fiscal 2013 – Period Ended	 	 	Fiscal 2012 – Period Ended	 	
 	  	Feb 2,	 	 	Nov 3,	 	 	Aug 4,	 	 	May 5,	 	 	Feb 3,	 	 	Oct 28,	 	 	Jul 29,	 	 	Apr 29,	 	
 	  	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2013	 	 	2013	 	 	2013(1)	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	 	2012	 	
Food and beverage revenues	  	$	87,603	  	 	$	69,236	  	 	$	72,361$	  	 	 	80,911	  	 	$	84,687	  	 	$	63,159	  	 	$	71,431	  	 	$	79,144	  	
Amusement and other revenues	  	 	83,768	  	 	 	73,094	  	 	 	81,362	  	 	 	87,244	  	 	 	80,899	  	 	 	67,907	  	 	 	76,510	  	 	 	84,330	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	 	171,371	  	 	 	142,330	  	 	 	153,723	  	 	 	168,155	  	 	 	165,586	  	 	 	131,066	  	 	 	147,941	  	 	 	163,474	  	
Cost of food and beverage	  	 	21,589	  	 	 	17,715	  	 	 	18,122	  	 	 	20,151	  	 	 	20,573	  	 	 	15,716	  	 	 	17,523	  	 	 	19,207	  	
Cost of amusement and other	  	 	12,182	  	 	 	10,992	  	 	 	12,050	  	 	 	12,213	  	 	 	11,981	  	 	 	10,505	  	 	 	11,865	  	 	 	11,747	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total costs of products	  	 	33,771	  	 	 	28,707	  	 	 	30,172	  	 	 	32,364	  	 	 	32,554	  	 	 	26,221	  	 	 	29,388	  	 	 	30,954	  	
Operating payroll and benefits	  	 	41,456	  	 	 	36,170	  	 	 	35,107	  	 	 	37,439	  	 	 	39,867	  	 	 	33,735	  	 	 	35,359	  	 	 	36,610	  	
Other store operating expenses	  	 	49,430	  	 	 	51,346	  	 	 	50,580	  	 	 	48,181	  	 	 	48,919	  	 	 	44,595	  	 	 	50,397	  	 	 	48,881	  	
General and administrative expense	  	 	9,535	  	 	 	8,983	  	 	 	8,198	  	 	 	9,724	  	 	 	10,257	  	 	 	12,242	  	 	 	8,840	  	 	 	9,017	  	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	17,004	  	 	 	15,683	  	 	 	16,740	  	 	 	16,910	  	 	 	17,884	  	 	 	15,746	  	 	 	15,032	  	 	 	14,795	  	
Pre-opening costs	  	 	1,865	  	 	 	2,333	  	 	 	1,970	  	 	 	872	  	 	 	1,262	  	 	 	1,089	  	 	 	559	  	 	 	150	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	  	 	153,061	  	 	 	143,222	  	 	 	142,767	  	 	 	145,490	  	 	 	150,743	  	 	 	133,628	  	 	 	139,575	  	 	 	140,407	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)	  	 	18,310	  	 	 	(892	) 	 	 	10,956	  	 	 	22,665	  	 	 	14,843	  	 	 	(2,562	) 	 	 	8,366	  	 	 	23,067	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	7,658	  	 	 	7,787	  	 	 	7,724	  	 	 	8,142	  	 	 	8,703	  	 	 	7,979	  	 	 	8,051	  	 	 	8,342	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	10,652	  	 	 	(8,679	) 	 	 	3,232	  	 	 	14,523	  	 	 	6,140	  	 	 	(10,541	) 	 	 	315	  	 	 	14,725	  	
Income tax provision (benefit)	  	 	3,828	  	 	 	(1,936	) 	 	 	846	  	 	 	4,494	  	 	 	(1,807	) 	 	 	(8,920	) 	 	 	(372	) 	 	 	3,741	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss)	  	$	6,824	  	 	$	(6,743	) 	 	$	2,386	  	 	$	10,029	  	 	$	7,947	  	 	$	(1,621	) 	 	$	687	  	 	$	10,984	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Company owned stores open at end of period  (2)	  	 	66	(3) 	 	 	64	(3) 	 	 	62	(3) 	 	 	61	(3) 	 	 	61	(3) 	 	 	60	  	 	 	59	  	 	 	59	  	
Quarterly total revenues as a percentage of annual total revenues	  	 	27.0	% 	 	 	22.4	% 	 	 	24.2	% 	 	 	26.4	% 	 	 	27.2	% 	 	 	21.6	% 	 	 	24.3	% 	 	 	26.9	% 	
Change in comparable store sales  (4)	  	 	0.7	% 	 	 	2.4	% 	 	 	(0.9	)% 	 	 	1.8	% 	 	 	3.7	% 	 	 	3.9	% 	 	 	5.4	% 	 	 	(0.3	)% 	
 
30

Table of Contents
(1) 	We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year. Each quarterly period has 13 weeks, except for a 53 week year when the fourth quarter has 14 weeks. Our fiscal year ended February 3, 2013 consists of 53 weeks. As such, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 consisted of 14 weeks.	
(2) 	The number of stores open excludes one franchised store in Canada that ceased operations as Dave & Busters on May 31, 2013.	
(3) 	The number of stores excludes one of our stores located in Dallas, Texas, which permanently closed on December 17, 2012.	
(4) 	The change in comparable store sales in fiscal 2013 and the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 are based on calendar-adjusted sales, as previously described.	
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
We finance our activities through cash flow from operations, our senior notes, and borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. As of February 2, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $38,080, net working capital deficit of $22,568 and outstanding debt obligations of $344,375 ($343,825 net of discount). We also had $44,330 in borrowing availability under our senior secured credit facility, which includes $1,000 in borrowing availability under our Canadian revolving credit facility.
We currently have, and anticipate that in the future we will have, negative working capital balances. We are able to operate with a working capital deficit because cash from sales is usually received before related liabilities for product, supplies, labor and services become due. Funds available from sales not needed immediately to pay for operating expenses have typically been used for noncurrent capital expenditures and payment of long-term debt obligations under our senior secured credit facility and senior notes.
Short-term liquidity requirements. We generally consider our short-term liquidity requirements to consist of those items that are expected to be incurred within the next twelve months and believe those requirements to consist primarily of funds necessary to pay operating expenses, interest and principal payments on our debt, capital expenditures related to the new store construction and other expenditures associated with acquiring new games, remodeling facilities and recurring replacement of equipment and improvements.
As of February 2, 2014, we expect our short-term liquidity requirements to include (a) $97,000 - $107,000 of capital expenditures (net of cash contributions from landlords), (b) $30,424 of debt service payments, including $1,500 in principal payments and $28,924 in interest and (c) lease obligation payments of $57,821.
Long-term liquidity requirements. We generally consider our long-term liquidity requirements to consist of those items that are expected to be incurred beyond the next twelve months and believe these requirements consist primarily of funds necessary for new store development and construction, replacement of games and equipment, performance necessary renovations and other non-recurring capital expenditures that need to be made periodically to our stores and payments of scheduled debt obligations. We intend to satisfy our long-term liquidity requirements through various sources of capital, including our existing cash on hand, cash provided by operations, and borrowings under our senior secured credit facility.
We believe that the sources of capital described above will continue to be available to us in the future and will be sufficient to meet our long-term liquidity requirements.
Based on our current business plan, we believe the cash flows from operations, together with our existing cash balances and availability of borrowings under the senior secured credit facility described below, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital, capital expenditures and debt service needs for the foreseeable future. Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness, or to fund planned capital expenditures, will depend on future performance, which is subject to the general economic conditions, competitive environment and other factors as described in the “Risk Factors” section.
Indebtedness
Senior secured credit facility. Our senior secured credit facility provides (a) a $150,000 term loan facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2016 and (b) a $50,000 revolving credit facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2015. The $50,000 revolving credit facility includes (i) a $20,000 letter of credit sub-facility (ii) a $5,000 swingline sub-facility and (iii) a $1,000 (in US Dollar equivalent) sub facility available in Canadian dollars to the Canadian subsidiary. The revolving credit facility will be used to provide financing for general purposes. The senior secured credit facility is secured by the Company’s assets and is unconditionally guaranteed by each of our direct and indirect, existing and future domestic subsidiaries (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) and by certain specified guarantors with respect to the obligations of the Canadian subsidiary. As of February 2, 2014, we had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility, borrowings of $144,375 ($143,825, net of discount) under the term facility and $5,670 in letters of credit outstanding. We believe that the carrying amount of our term credit facility approximates its fair value because the interest rates are adjusted regularly based on current market conditions.
 
31

Table of Contents
The interest rates per annum applicable to loans, other than swingline loans, under our senior secured credit facility are currently set based on a defined Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin. Swingline loans bear interest at a base rate plus an applicable margin. The effective rate of interest on borrowings under our senior secured credit facility was 5.1% for fiscal year 2013.
On May 14, 2013, the Company executed a second amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the senior secured credit facility. The primary modification included in the Second Amendment is a reduction in the applicable term loan margin based on a consolidated leverage ratio greater than or equal to 2.75:1.00. If our consolidated leverage ratio is less than 2.75:1.00, the applicable term loan margin will be reduced further for periods subsequent to fiscal 2013. As of February 2, 2014, we had a consolidated leverage ratio of 2.55:1.00.
Interest rates on borrowings under our senior secured credit facility will vary based on the movement of prescribed indexes and/or applicable margin percentages. On the last day of each calendar quarter, we will be required to pay a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facilities (with swingline loans not deemed, for these purposes, to be a utilization of the revolving credit facility). Our senior secured credit facility requires scheduled quarterly payments of principal on the term loan near the end of each of the fiscal quarters in aggregate annual amounts equal to a percentage of the original aggregate principal amount of the term loan with the balance payable on the maturity date.
Funds managed by Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. (the “OHA Funds”) comprise one of twenty-two creditors participating in the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility. As of February 2, 2014, the OHA Funds held approximately 9.97%, or $14,394, of our total term loan obligation. Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. is an independent investment firm that is not an affiliate of the Oak Hill Funds and is not under common control with the Oak Hill Funds. Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. and an affiliate of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC co-manage Oak Hill Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., a private fund. Certain employees of the Oak Hill Funds, in their individual capacities, have passive investments in Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. and/or the funds it manages.
Senior notes. Our senior notes are general unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company and mature on June 1, 2018. Interest on the notes is paid semi-annually and accrues at the rate of 11.0% per annum. On or after June 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all, or from time-to-time, a part of the senior notes at redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) ranging from 105.5% to 100.0% plus accrued and unpaid interest on the senior notes. As of February 2, 2014, our $200,000 of senior notes had an approximate fair value of $214,500 based on quoted market price.
Covenants. On May 13, 2011, the Company executed an amendment (the “Amendment”) to the senior secured credit facility. The Amendment reduced the applicable term loan margins and LIBOR floor used in setting interest rates, as well as limited the Company’s requirement to meet the covenant ratios, as stipulated in the Amendment, until such time as we make a draw on our revolving credit facility or issue letters of credit in excess of $12,000. As of February 2, 2014, we have had no draws on our revolving credit facility and outstanding letters of credit have not exceeded $12,000, and as such we were not required to maintain financial ratios under our senior secured credit facility.
The senior notes restrict the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness, outside of the senior secured credit facility, unless the consolidated coverage ratio exceeds 2.00:1.00 or other financial and operational requirements are met. Additionally, the terms of the notes restrict the Company’s ability to make certain payments to affiliated entities. The Company was in compliance with the debt covenants as of February 2, 2014.
Our senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the senior notes contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, will limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness, make loans or advances to subsidiaries and other entities, make initial capital expenditures in relation to new stores, declare dividends, acquire other businesses or sell assets. In addition, under our senior secured credit facility, we will be required to meet certain financial covenants, ratios and tests, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum total leverage ratio.
Other Information. On February 22, 2011, D&B Entertainment issued principal amount $180,790 of 12.25% Senior Discount Notes. The notes are scheduled to mature on February 15, 2016. No cash interest will be paid on the notes prior to maturity. D&B Entertainment received net proceeds of $100,000, which it used to pay debt issuance costs and repurchase a portion of its common stock from its stockholders. D&B Entertainment did not retain any proceeds from the note issuance. D&B Entertainment is the sole obligor of the notes. Neither D&B Holdings, Dave & Buster’s, nor any of their subsidiaries are guarantors of these notes. However, neither D&B Holdings nor D&B Entertainment have any material assets or operations separate from Dave & Buster’s.
 
32

Table of Contents
Historical Cash Flows
The following table presents a summary of our net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities:

 	  	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	
 	  	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	
 	  	February 2, 2014	 	 	February 3, 2013	 	 	January 29, 2012	 	
Net cash provided by (used in):	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating activities	  	$	109,958	  	 	$	82,796	  	 	$	73,247	  	
Investing activities	  	 	(105,677	) 	 	 	(78,488	) 	 	 	(71,502	) 	
Financing activities	  	 	(2,318	) 	 	 	(1,875	) 	 	 	(2,468	) 	
Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012
Net cash provided by operating activities was $109,958 for fiscal 2013 compared to cash provided by operating activities of $82,796 for fiscal 2012. Improved cash flows from operations were driven primarily by additional non-comparable store sales, increased comparable store sales and improved operating margins, partially offset by higher management labor, higher pre-opening costs due to the timing of new store openings and one less week of operations in fiscal 2013.
Net cash used in investing activities was $105,677 for fiscal 2013 compared to $78,488 for fiscal 2012. Net cash used in investing activities increased in fiscal 2013 due to increased capital expenditures. Capital expenditures totaled $105,894 (excluding approximately $13,988 in fixed asset related accrued liabilities) for fiscal 2013. Capital expenditures increased $27,205 to $105,894 in fiscal 2013 from $78,689 in fiscal 2012 primarily due to new store openings, remodeling projects and game refresh initiatives. During the 2013 fiscal year, the Company spent approximately $63,929 ($48,143 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction, $15,881 related to the major remodel project on seven of its existing stores and several small scale remodel projects, $3,971 on operating improvement initiatives, $9,441 for game refreshment and $12,672 for maintenance capital. During the 2012 fiscal year, the Company spent approximately $32,795 ($21,913 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction, $15,962 related to the major remodel project on nine of its existing stores, $5,985 on operating improvement initiatives, $10,090 for game refreshment and $13,857 for maintenance capital. New store capital expenditures increased $31,134 during fiscal 2013 related primarily to construction of our Virginia Beach, Virginia store (large store format), which opened during the second quarter of 2013, our Albany, New York (large store format) and Syracuse, New York (small store format) stores which opened in the third quarter of 2013, our Cary, North Carolina (small store format) and Livonia, Michigan (large store format) stores which opened in the fourth quarter of 2013, our Westchester, California (large store format) which opened in February 2014 and our Vernon Hills, Illinois (large store format) store which opened in March 2014. New store capital expenditures during fiscal 2012 related to construction of our Orland Park, Illinois store (small store format), which opened during the third quarter of fiscal 2012 and our Dallas, Texas and Boise, Idaho stores (one large and one small format store) which both opened in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.
Net cash used by financing activities was $2,318 for fiscal 2013 compared to cash used in financing activities of 1,875 fiscal 2012. Net cash used in investing activities increased due to the costs related to the Second Amendment incurred in the second quarter of fiscal 2013 offset by one additional required principal payment on our term loan facility in fiscal 2012.
We plan on financing future growth through operating cash flows, debt facilities and tenant improvement allowances from landlords. We expect to spend between $127,000 and $137,000 ($97,000 to $107,000 net of cash contributions from landlords) in capital expenditures during fiscal 2014. The fiscal 2014 expenditures are expected to include approximately $103,000 to $113,000 ($73,000 to $83,000 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction and operating improvement initiatives, including three store remodels, $11,000 for game refreshment and $13,000 in maintenance capital. A portion of the 2014 new store expenditures is related to stores that will be under construction in 2014 but will not be open until 2015.
Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011
Net cash provided by operating activities was $82,796 for fiscal 2012 compared to cash provided by operating activities of $73,247 for fiscal 2011. Improved cash flows from operations were driven primarily by additional non-comparable store sales, growth in comparable store sales and additional sales related to the 53 rd  week in fiscal 2012. Also contributing to the improved operating cash flows were margin improvements over the comparable period in fiscal 2011.
Net cash used in investing activities was $78,488 for fiscal 2012 compared to $71,502 for fiscal 2011. Net cash used in investing activities increased in fiscal 2012 due to increased capital expenditures. Capital expenditures increased $5,743 to $78,689 in fiscal 2012 from $72,946 in fiscal 2011 primarily due to remodeling projects and game refresh initiatives, partially offset by decreased spending related to new store openings. During the 2012 fiscal year, the Company spent approximately $32,795 ($21,913 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction, $15,962 related to the major remodel project on nine of its existing stores, $5,985 on operating improvement initiatives, $10,090 for game refreshment and $13,857 for
 
33

Table of Contents
maintenance capital. During the 2011 fiscal year, the Company spent approximately $43,951 ($37,040 net of cash contributions from landlords) for new store construction, $4,002 related to the major remodel project on one of its existing stores, $6,378 on operating improvement initiatives, $7,196 for game refreshment and $11,419 for maintenance capital. Capital expenditures related to new store openings decreased in fiscal 2012 due primarily to the timing and size of new construction. New store capital expenditures during fiscal 2012 related to construction of our Orland Park, Illinois store (small store format), which opened during the third quarter of fiscal 2012 and our Dallas, Texas and Boise, Idaho stores (one large and one small format store) which both opened in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. New store capital expenditures during fiscal 2011 related to construction of our Orlando, Florida store (large store format), which opened during the second quarter of fiscal 2011, our Braintree, Massachusetts and Nashville, Tennessee stores (both large format stores) which both opened in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 and our Oklahoma City, Oklahoma store (small format store) which opened during the first quarter of fiscal 2012. In fiscal 2011, the Company spent $1,000 to repurchase shares of D&B Entertainment owned by a former executive. The Company received insurance proceeds of $798 for reimbursement of certain leasehold improvements damaged in the flooding that occurred at our Nashville, Tennessee location which are included in investing activities for fiscal 2011.
Net cash used by financing activities was $1,875 for fiscal 2012 compared to $2,468 for fiscal 2011. The decrease in net cash used by financing activities is due to $968 of cost incurred during the second quarter of fiscal 2011 related to the Amendment executed on our senior secured credit facility. This decrease is partially offset by one additional required principal payment on our term loan facility made in fiscal 2012.
Bethesda store litigation
On November 14, 2013, the Company filed a complaint in federal court seeking declaratory and injunctive relief related to actions taken by a landlord attempting to terminate the lease agreement for our store in Bethesda, Maryland. The landlord has alleged that the Company is in default of certain lease agreement provisions which restrict our ability to operate other Dave & Buster’s facilities within a prescribed distance of the Bethesda location. We believed that the lease provisions cited by the landlord were not legally enforceable and that the Company had the right to operate all facilities for the duration of the original lease term and any available lease extension periods. On March 21, 2014, the court ruled against the Company. The Company is evaluating all options available to it, including the filing of motions or appeals in an effort to overturn this decision. However, it is likely the store will close in 2014. We believe that all of our fixed assets from the Bethesda store are either fully depreciated or can be transferred to other locations. With past store closures, we have experienced customer migration to other stores within the same market. We believe that some customers will choose to visit our store in Hanover, Maryland, which is approximately 30 miles from our Bethesda store.
Annual revenues for our Bethesda, Maryland stores were $12,036, $12,751 and $12,676 in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We have recorded depreciation expense of $1,889, $1,030 and $687 in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net lease expense was $1,120, $908 and $822 for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The following tables set forth the contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of February 2, 2014:
Payment due by period

 	  	Total	 	  	1 Year
or Less	 	  	2 - 3 Years	 	  	4 - 5 Years	 	  	After 5
Years	 	
Senior secured credit facility (1)	  	$	144,375	  	  	$	1,500	  	  	$	142,875	  	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	
Senior notes	  	 	200,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	200,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
Interest requirements (2)	  	 	114,717	  	  	 	28,924	  	  	 	52,793	  	  	 	33,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
Operating leases (3)	  	 	557,131	  	  	 	57,821	  	  	 	111,788	  	  	 	102,742	  	  	 	284,780	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	1,016,223	  	  	$	88,245	  	  	$	307,456	  	  	$	335,742	  	  	$	284,780	  	

(1)	Our senior secured credit facility includes a $150,000 term loan facility and $50,000 revolving credit facility, including a sub-facility for borrowings in Canadian dollars by our Canadian subsidiary, a letter of credit sub-facility, and a swingline sub-facility. As of February 2, 2014, we had no borrowing under the revolving credit facility, borrowings of $144,375 ($143,825 net of discount) under the term facility and $5,670 in letters of credit outstanding.	
(2)	The cash obligations for interest requirements consist of (1) interest requirements on our fixed rate debt obligations at their contractual rates and (2) interest requirements on variable rate debt obligations at rates in effect at February 2, 2014.	
 
34

Table of Contents
(3)	Our operating leases generally provide for one or more renewal options. These renewal options allow us to extend the term of the lease for a specified time at an established annual lease payment. Future obligations related to lease renewal options that have been exercised or were reasonably assured to be exercised as of the lease origination date, have been included in the table above. The operating lease obligations include those related to the Company’s location in Bethesda, Maryland. See Note 13, “Subsequent events” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part IV, Item 15, “Financial Statements” for a description of events pertaining to the Bethesda, Maryland location.	
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no material off-balance sheet arrangements.
Critical accounting policies and estimates
The above discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and revenue and expenses. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the year ended February 2, 2014. Critical accounting policies are those that we believe are most important to portraying our financial condition and results of operations and also require the greatest amount of judgments by management. Judgments or uncertainties regarding the application of these policies may result in materially different amounts being reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. We consider the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
Deferred tax assets. A deferred income tax asset or liability is established for the expected future consequences resulting from temporary differences in the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. As of February 2, 2014, we have recorded a valuation allowance against a portion of our deferred tax assets, primarily state tax assets. The valuation allowance was established in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes. If we generate taxable income in future periods or if the facts and circumstances on which our estimates and assumptions are based were to change, thereby impacting the likelihood of realizing the deferred tax assets, judgment would have to be applied in determining the amount of valuation allowance no longer required or if an addition to the allowance would be required.
Property and equipment. Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures that substantially increase the useful lives of the property and equipment are capitalized, whereas costs incurred to maintain the appearance and functionality of such assets are charged to repair and maintenance expense. Interest costs incurred during construction are capitalized. All capitalized costs are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the underlying asset, resulting in a charge to the operating results. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We review our property and equipment annually, on a store-by-store basis to determine whether facts or circumstances exist that may indicate the carrying values of these long-lived assets are impaired. We compare store-level undiscounted operating cash flows (which excludes interest, general and administrative and other allocated expenses) to the carrying amount of property and equipment allocated to each store. If the expected future cash flows are less than the asset carrying amount (an indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable), we may recognize an impairment loss. Any impairment loss recognized equals the amount by which the asset carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We recognized an impairment loss of $200 during fiscal 2011 on one of our stores located in Dallas, Texas, which permanently closed on May 2, 2011. No impairment charges were recognized in fiscal years 2013 or 2012.
Goodwill and intangible assets. In accordance with accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets, goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles, such as tradenames, are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at least annually. We perform step one of the impairment test in our fourth quarter unless circumstances require this analysis to be completed sooner. Step one of the impairment test is based upon a comparison of the carrying value of our net assets, including goodwill balances, to the fair value of our net assets. Fair value is measured using a combination of the guideline company method, external transaction method, and the income approach. The guideline company method uses valuation multiples from selected publicly-traded companies that we believe are exposed to market forces that are similar to those faced by the Company. The external transaction involves analyzing previous mergers or acquisitions involving private or public companies that are similar to the Company. The income approach consists of utilizing the discounted cash flow method that incorporates our estimates of future revenues and costs, discounted using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Key assumptions used in our testing include future store openings, revenue growth, operating expenses and discount rate. Estimates of revenue growth and operating expenses are based on internal projections considering our past performance and forecasted growth, market economics and the business environment impacting our Company’s performance. Discount rates are determined by using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACC considers market and industry data as well as company-specific risk factors. These estimates are highly subjective
 
35

Table of Contents
judgments and can be significantly impacted by changes in the business or economic conditions. Our estimates used in the income approach are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage operations. We evaluate all methods to ensure reasonably consistent results. Based on the completion of the step one test, we determined that goodwill was not impaired.
The evaluation of the carrying amount of other intangible assets with indefinite lives is made at least annually by comparing the carrying amount of these assets to their estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the other intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.
Insurance reserves. We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits, general liability, property insurance, director and officers’ liability insurance and vehicle liability. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by us are estimated, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. The estimated accruals for these liabilities, portions of which are calculated by third-party actuarial firms, could be significantly affected if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and historical trends.
Accounting for amusement operations. The majority of our amusement revenue is derived from customer purchases of game play credits which allow our guests to play the video and redemption games in our midways. We have recognized a liability for the estimated amount of unused game play credits, which we believe our guests will utilize in the future based on credits remaining on Power Cards, historic utilization patterns and revenue per game play credit sold. Certain midway games allow guests to earn coupons, which may be redeemed for prizes. The cost of these prizes is included in the cost of amusement products and is generally recorded when coupons are utilized by the customer by either redeeming the coupons for a prize in our “Winner’s Circle” or storing the coupon value on a Power Card for future redemption. We have accrued a liability for the estimated amount of outstanding coupons that will be redeemed in subsequent periods based on tickets outstanding, historic redemption patterns and the estimated redemption cost of products per ticket.
Income taxes. The Company is a member of a consolidated group that includes D&B Entertainment and we file consolidated returns with all our domestic subsidiaries. We use the asset/liability method for recording income taxes, which recognizes the amount of current and deferred taxes payable or refundable at the date of the financial statements as a result of all events that are recognized in the financial statements and as measured by the provisions of enacted tax laws. We have adopted accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. This guidance limits the recognition of income tax benefits to those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold.
The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment and evaluation of uncertainties in the interpretation of federal and state tax regulations. As a result, we have established reserves for taxes that may become payable in future years as a result of audits by tax authorities. Tax reserves are reviewed regularly pursuant to accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. Tax reserves are adjusted as events occur that affect the potential liability for additional taxes, such as the expiration of statutes of limitations, conclusion of tax audits, identification of additional exposure based on current calculations, identification of new issues, or the issuance of statutory or administrative guidance or rendering of a court decision affecting a particular issue. Accordingly, we may experience significant changes in tax reserves in the future, if or when such events occur.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a description of new accounting Standards and their anticipated effects on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	
The following discussion of market risks contains forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from the following discussion based on general conditions in the financial markets.
We are exposed to market risk from interest rate changes on our senior secured credit facility. This exposure relates to the variable component of the interest rate on our $200,000 senior secured credit facility. As of February 2, 2014, we had borrowings of $144,375 ($143,825, net of discount) under the term facility, based on a defined Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin. A hypothetical 10% increase in the interest rate associated with our term facility would increase our interest expense by approximately $180. As of February 2, 2014 we had no borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Therefore, we had no exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our revolving credit facility at year end fiscal 2013.
 
36

Table of Contents
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	
The consolidated financial statements of the Company and supplementary data are included as pages F-1 through F-22 in this Report.
 
ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting refers to a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions involving and dispositions of our assets; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of the prevention or detection of misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In connection with the preparation of this Report, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. In making this evaluation, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992).
This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report.
There were no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal year ended February 2, 2014.
 
ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	
Not applicable.
 
37

Table of Contents
PART III
 
ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	
Directors and Executive Officers
Each of our directors and officers holds office until a successor is elected or until his earlier death, resignation, or removal. Pursuant to a stockholders’ agreement, the Oak Hill Funds have the right to designate all of the directors. In addition, the Oak Hill Funds have the right to remove any or all of the directors that they appoint.
We have not developed a specific policy regarding diversity. However, as part of its periodic self-assessment process, the Board of Directors determines the diversity of special skills and characteristics necessary for the optimal functioning of the Board of Directors in its oversight role over both the short-term and long-term periods.
We do not have any specific, minimum qualifications for service on the Board of Directors. All of our common stock is owned by D&B Holdings, and all of the common stock of D&B Holdings is owned by D&B Entertainment. As the Oak Hill Funds control 95.4% of the common stock of D&B Entertainment, the Board of Directors has determined that it is not necessary for us to have a Nominating Committee or committee performing similar functions. However, we seek to have directors with sound business judgment and knowledge in his or her field of expertise. Identified and described below are additional key experiences, qualifications and skills that are important to our business and that are considered in the selection of directors. These factors may change from time to time.
 
 	•	 	Business experience. We believe that we benefit from having directors with a substantial degree of recent business experience.	
 
 	•	 	Leadership experience. We believe that directors with experience in significant leadership positions provide us with strategic insights. These directors generally possess a practical understanding of organizations, long-term strategy, risk management and the methods to drive change and growth, as well as the ability to identify and develop these qualities in others.	
 
 	•	 	Finance experience. An understanding of finance and financial reporting processes is an important characteristic for our directors. We use financial measures to evaluate our performance as well as our attainment of financial performance targets. In addition, the Board of Directors and the Audit Committee oversee the public disclosures required of us that include financial statements and related information.	
 
 	•	 	Educational and Industry experience. We seek to have directors with relevant education, business expertise and experience as executives, directors, investors, or in other leadership positions in the restaurant and retail sectors.	
The Board of Directors believes that each of the directors listed below possess the necessary professional experience and qualifications to contribute to our success.
The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this Report.
 
38

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	
Name	  	Age	  	Position	
Stephen M. King	  	56	  	Chief Executive Officer and Director	
Kevin Bachus	  	45	  	Senior Vice President of Entertainment and Games Strategy	
Dolf Berle	  	51	  	President and Chief Operating Officer	
Joe DeProspero	  	39	  	Vice President Finance	
Sean Gleason	  	49	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	52	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
Margo L. Manning	  	49	  	Senior Vice President of Human Resources	
Michael J. Metzinger	  	57	  	Vice President—Accounting and Controller	
John B. Mulleady	  	53	  	Senior Vice President of Real Estate and Development	
J. Michael Plunkett	  	63	  	Senior Vice President of Purchasing and International Operations	
Jay L. Tobin	  	56	  	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary	
J. Taylor Crandall	  	60	  	Director	
Michael J. Griffith (1) (2)	  	57	  	Director	
Jonathan S. Halkyard (1) (2)	  	49	  	Director	
David A. Jones (3)	  	64	  	Director	
Alan J. Lacy (1)(2)(5)	  	60	  	Director	
Kevin M. Mailender (2)	  	36	  	Director	
Kevin M. Sheehan (4)	  	60	  	Director	
Tyler J. Wolfram (1)	  	47	  	Chairman of Board of Directors	
 
(1)	Member of the Compensation Committee	
(2)	Member of the Audit Committee	
(3)	Chair of the Compensation Committee	
(4)	Chair of the Audit Committee	
(5)	Lead Independent Director	
Set forth below is biographical information regarding our directors and executive officers:
Stephen M. King has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Director since September 2006. From March 2006 until September 2006, Mr. King served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. From 1984 to 2006, he served in various capacities for Carlson Restaurants Worldwide Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurants worldwide, including Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Chief Operating Officer and, most recently, as President and Chief Operating Officer of International. Mr. King brings substantial industry, financial and leadership experience to our Board of Directors.
Kevin Bachus has served as our Senior Vice President of Entertainment and Games Strategy since November 2012. Previously, he served as Chief Product Officer of Bebo, Inc., an international social networking site, from September 2010 to November 2012, Executive Vice President and Chief Product Officer of IMO Entertainment LLC, from May 2009 to August 2010, and Senior Vice President and Chief Architect of Virrata Games, Inc./PlayDay TV, from March 2008 to April 2009.
Dolf Berle has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since February 2011. From August 2009 until January 2011, Mr. Berle served as Executive Vice President of Hospitality and Business and Sports Club Division Head for ClubCorp USA, Inc., the largest owner and operator of golf, country club and business clubs. Previously, Mr. Berle served as President of Lucky Strike Entertainment, an upscale chain of bowling alleys, from December 2006 to July 2009 and Chief Operating Officer of House of Blues Entertainment, Inc., a chain of live music venues, from April 2004 to December 2006.
 
39

Table of Contents
Joe DeProspero has served as our Vice President of Finance since May 2010. Previously, he served as our Assistant Vice President of Finance from August 2006 to May 2010. Mr. DeProspero served as Director of Financial Analysis for Arby’s Restaurant Group, a company that owns and operates quick-serve sandwich restaurants, from 2005 to 2006 and for Carlson Restaurants Worldwide, Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurants worldwide, from 2001 to 2005.
Sean Gleason has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer since August 2009. From June 2005 until October 2008, Mr. Gleason was the Senior Vice President of Marketing Communications at Cadbury Schweppes where he led initiatives for brands such as Dr Pepper, 7UP and Snapple. From May 1995 until May 2005, he served in various capacities (most recently as Vice President, Advertising/Media/Brand Identity) at Pizza Hut for Yum! Brands, the world’s largest restaurant company.
Brian A. Jenkins has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since December 2006. From 1996 until August 2006, he served in various capacities (most recently as Senior Vice President—Finance) at Six Flags, Inc., an amusement park operator.
Margo L. Manning has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since November 2010. Previously, she served as our Senior Vice President of Training and Special Events from September 2006 until November 2010, our Vice President of Training and Sales from June 2005 until September 2006 and as Vice President of Management Development from September 2001 until June 2005. From December 1999 until September 2001, she served as our Assistant Vice President of Team Development, and from 1991 until December 1999, she served in various positions of increasing responsibility for us and our predecessors.
Michael J. Metzinger has served as our Vice President—Accounting and Controller since January 2005. From 1986 until January 2005, Mr. Metzinger served in various capacities (most recently as Executive Director—Financial Reporting) at Carlson Restaurants Worldwide, Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurants worldwide.
John B. Mulleady has served as our Senior Vice President of Real Estate and Development since April 2012. Mr. Mulleady had been Senior Vice President, Director of Real Estate of BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. a leading operator of warehouse clubs in the eastern United States, since June 2008. Previously, Mr. Mulleady served as Vice President of Real Estate at Circuit City Stores, Inc., a consumer electronics retailer, from February 2006 to June 2008.
J. Michael Plunkett has served as our Senior Vice President of Purchasing and International Operations since September 2006. Previously, he served as our Senior Vice President—Food, Beverage and Purchasing/Operations Strategy from June 2003 until June 2004 and from January 2006 until September 2006. Mr. Plunkett also served as Senior Vice President of Operations for Jillian’s from June 2004 to January 2006, as Vice President of Kitchen Operations from November 2000 until June 2003, as Vice President of Information Systems from November 1996 until November 2000 and as Vice President and Director of Training from November 1994 until November 1996. From 1982 until November 1994, he served in operating positions of increasing responsibility for us and our predecessors.
Jay L. Tobin has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since May 2006. From 1988 to 2005, he served in various capacities (most recently as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel) at Brinker International, Inc., a company that owns and operates casual dining restaurants worldwide.
J. Taylor Crandall is a founding Managing Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC (“Oak Hill”) and has been with the firm and its predecessor entities since 1986. He has senior responsibility for originating, structuring and managing investments in Oak Hill’s Media and Communications sector. Mr. Crandall has also served as Chief Operating Officer of Keystone, Inc., the primary investment vehicle for Robert M. Bass. Prior to joining Oak Hill, Mr. Crandall was Vice President with First National Bank of Boston. Mr. Crandall serves on the Board of Directors of SWS Group, Inc. (a full-service securities and banking firm), Firth Rixson Limited (a privately-held aluminum parts manufacturer), Intermedia.net, Inc. (a privately-held provider of cloud services to small and mid-size businesses), WaveDivision Holdings, LLC (a privately-held, business-class fiber optic and broadband services company), and Viawest, Inc. (a privately-held data center, managed services and cloud provider). Mr. Crandall is the Secretary-Treasurer of the Anne T. and Robert M. Bass Foundation, the Trustee of the Lucille Packard Foundation for Children’s Health and serves on the board of trustees of the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, The Park City Foundation, Powdr Corporation and the U.S. Ski and Snowboard Team Foundation. Mr. Crandall has served on our Board of Directors since June 2013.
Michael J. Griffith has served as Vice Chairman of Activision Blizzard, Inc., a worldwide online, personal computer, console, handheld, and mobile game publisher since March 2010. Previously Mr. Griffith served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Activision Publishing, Inc., prior to its merging with Blizzard Entertainment, Inc., from June 2005 to March 2010. Prior to joining Activision, Mr. Griffith served in a number of executive level positions at The Procter & Gamble Company from
 
40

Table of Contents
1981 to 2005, including President of the Global Beverage Division from 2002 to 2005, Vice President and General Manager of Coffee Products from 1999 to 2002, and Vice President and General Manager of Fabric & Home Care—Japan and Korea and Fabric & Home Care Strategic Planning—Asia from 1997 to 1999. Mr. Griffith has served on our Board of Directors since October 2011.
Jonathan S. Halkyard has served as Chief Operating Officer of Extended Stay America Inc., the largest owner / operator of company branded hotels in North America, since September 2013. From July 2012 to September 2013, Mr. Halkyard served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of NV Energy, Inc., a holding company providing energy services and products in Nevada, and its wholly-owned utility subsidiaries, Nevada Power Company and Sierra Pacific Power Company. Mr. Halkyard served as Executive Vice President of Caesars Entertainment Corporation (formerly known as Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc.), one of the largest casino entertainment providers in the world (“Caesars”), from July 2005 until May 2012, and Chief Financial Officer from August 2006 until May 2012. Previously, Mr. Halkyard served Caesars as Treasurer from November 2003 through July 2010, Vice President from November 2002 to July 2005, Assistant General Manager-Harrah’s Las Vegas from May 2002 until November 2002 and Vice President and Assistant General Manager-Harrah’s Lake Tahoe from September 2001 to May 2002. Mr. Halkyard has served on our Board of Directors since October 2011.
David A. Jones has served as an operating consultant (with the title of Senior Advisor) to the Oak Hill Funds, providing consulting services to various portfolio companies, since 2008. Prior to advising the Oak Hill Funds, he served from 2005 until 2007 as the Chairman and Global Chief Executive Officer of Spectrum Brands, Inc., a $2.7 billion publicly traded consumer products company with operations in 120 countries worldwide and whose brand names include Rayovac, Varta, Remington, Cutter and Tetra. From 1996 to 2005, Mr. Jones was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rayovac Corporation (the predecessor to Spectrum Brands), a $1.4 billion publicly traded global consumer products company with major product offerings in batteries, portable lighting and shaving and grooming categories. After Mr. Jones was no longer an executive officer of Spectrum Brands, it filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in March 2009 and exited from bankruptcy proceedings in August 2009. In aggregate, Mr. Jones has over 35 years of experience in senior leadership roles at several leading public and private global consumer products companies, including Spectrum Brands, Rayovac, Thermoscan, Regina, Electrolux, Sara Lee, and General Electric. He currently serves as a director of Pentair, Ltd., The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Jones has served on our Board of Directors since June 2010 and serves as Chair of our Compensation Committee. He brings substantial management experience to our Board of Directors.
Alan J. Lacy has served as an operating consultant (with the title of Senior Advisor) to the Oak Hill Funds, providing consulting services to various portfolio companies, since 2007. Prior to advising the Oak Hill Funds, he was Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sears Holdings Corporation, a large broad line retailer, and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sears Roebuck and Co. (“Sears”), a large retail company. During Mr. Lacy’s tenure as Chief Executive Officer of Sears, the company created significant value for shareholders by executing major restructuring and growth initiatives, including the merger of Sears and Kmart, the acquisition of Lands’ End and the sale of Sears’ credit business. Prior to that, Mr. Lacy was employed in a number of executive level positions at major retail and consumer products companies, including Sears, Kraft, Philip Morris and Minnetonka Corporation. Mr. Lacy currently serves as a director of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Lacy is a Trustee of Fidelity Funds and a Trustee and former Chairman of the Board of the National Parks Conservation Association. Mr. Lacy has served on our Board of Directors since June 2010 and serves as Lead Independent Director. He brings substantial management experience to our Board of Directors.
Kevin M. Mailender is a Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC and has been with the firm since 2002. Mr. Mailender is responsible for originating, structuring and managing investments in the Consumer, Retail and Distribution sectors. He currently serves as a director of The Hillman Companies, Inc. and Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Mailender has served on our Board of Directors since June 2010 and brings substantial financial, investment and business experience to our Board of Directors.
Kevin M. Sheehan serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of NCL Corporation Ltd., a leading global cruise line operator (“Norwegian”). Mr. Sheehan has served as President of Norwegian since August 2010 (and previously from August 2008 through March 2009) and Chief Executive Officer of Norwegian since November 2008. Mr. Sheehan also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Norwegian from November 2007 until September 2010. Before joining Norwegian, Mr. Sheehan spent two and one-half years consulting to private equity firms including Cerberus Capital Management LP (2006-2007) and Clayton Dubilier & Rice (2005-2006). From August 2005 to January 2008, Mr. Sheehan served on the faculty of Adelphi University as Distinguished Visiting Professor—Accounting, Finance and Economics. Prior to that, Mr. Sheehan served a nine-year career with Cendant Corporation, most recently serving as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of its Vehicle Services Division (including global responsibility for Avis Rent A Car, Budget Rent A Car, Budget Truck, PHH Fleet Management and Wright Express). Mr. Sheehan serves on the Board of Directors, as Chairman of the Audit Committee, and as a member of the Compensation Committee of New Media, Inc. (one of the largest publishers of locally based print and online media in the United States) and serves on the Board of Directors of XOJET, Inc. (a private aviation company). Mr. Sheehan has served on our Board of Directors since October 2011 and is the Chair of our Audit Committee.
 
41

Table of Contents
Tyler J. Wolfram is Managing Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC and has been with the firm since 2001. He is responsible for originating, structuring, and managing investments in the Consumer, Retail and Distribution sectors and is a member of the firm’s Investment and Executive Committees. He currently serves as a director of NSA International, LLC, The Hillman Companies, Inc., and Earth Fare, Inc. Mr. Wolfram has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors since June 2010 and brings substantial financial, investment and business experience to our Board of Directors.
2013 Director Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the information concerning all compensation paid by the Company during fiscal 2013 to our directors.

Name (1)	  	Fees Earned
($) (2)	 	  	Options Awards
($) (3)	 	  	Total
($)	 	
Alan J. Lacy	  	 	125,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	125,000	  	
Kevin M. Sheehan	  	 	115,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	115,000	  	
David A. Jones	  	 	110,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	110,000	  	
Michael J. Griffith	  	 	100,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	100,000	  	
Jonathan S. Halkyard	  	 	100,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	100,000	  	
 
(1)	Messrs. King, Crandall, Mailender and Wolfram were omitted from the Director Compensation Table as they do not receive compensation for service on our Board of Directors. Mr. King’s compensation is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table.	
(2)	Reflects the annual stipend received for service on the Board of Directors during 2013. Board members are also reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their board service. Such reimbursements are not included in this Table. There are no other fees earned for service on the Board of Directors.	
(3)	As of the end of our 2013 fiscal year, Mr. Jones held zero vested and 822 unvested stock options, and Mr. Lacy held zero vested and 1,644 unvested stock options. All of such stock options are exercisable at a price of $1,000 per share and expire on June 1, 2020. Additionally, at the end of our 2013 fiscal year, Messrs. Sheehan, Griffith, and Halkyard each held 106.38 vested and zero unvested stock options. All of such stock options are exercisable at a price of $1,410.09 per share and expire on December 5, 2022.	
The members of our Board of Directors, other than Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard, Jones, Lacy and Sheehan, are not separately compensated for their services as directors, other than reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with rendering such services. In addition to reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their board service, Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard, Jones, Lacy and Sheehan receive an annual stipend of $100,000 per year for serving as members of our Board of Directors. Mr. Jones receives an additional annual stipend of $10,000 for serving as Chair of our Compensation Committee. Mr. Lacy receives an additional annual stipend of $25,000 for serving as our Lead Independent Director. Mr. Sheehan receives an additional annual stipend of $15,000 for serving as Chair of our Audit Committee. Each of Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard, Jones, Lacy and Sheehan participate in D&B Entertainment’s 2010 Management Incentive Plan and has received an option grant in consideration of his service on our Board of Directors.
Corporate Governance
The Board of Directors met four times in fiscal 2013, including regular and special meetings. During this period, no individual director, from the date they became a board member, attended fewer than 75% of the aggregate of (1) the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors and (2) the total number of meetings held by all committees on which such director served.
The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. The charters for each of these committees are posted on our website at www.daveandbusters.com/about-us/corporate-governance. As all of our common stock is owned by D&B Holdings, the Board of Directors has determined that it is not necessary for us to have a Nominating Committee or committee performing similar functions. The Board of Directors does not have a policy with regard to the consideration of any director candidates recommended by our debt holders or other parties.
The Audit Committee, comprised of Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard, Lacy, Mailender and Sheehan, and chaired by Mr. Sheehan, recommends to the Board of Directors the appointment of the Company’s independent auditors, reviews and approves the scope of the annual audits of the Company’s financial statements, reviews our internal control over financial reporting, reviews and approves any non-audit services performed by the independent auditors, reviews the findings and recommendations of the independent auditors and periodically reviews major accounting policies. It operates pursuant to a charter that was amended and restated in December 2006. The Audit Committee held five meetings during fiscal 2013. In addition, the Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee is qualified as a “financial expert” under the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations of the SEC.
 
42

Table of Contents
The Compensation Committee comprised of Messrs. Griffith, Halkyard, Jones, Lacy and Wolfram, and chaired by Mr. Jones, reviews the Company’s compensation philosophy and strategy, administers incentive compensation and stock option plans, reviews the Chief Executive Officer’s performance and compensation, reviews recommendations on compensation of other executive officers, and reviews other special compensation matters, such as executive employment agreements. It operates pursuant to a charter that was amended and restated in December 2006. The Compensation Committee held four meetings during fiscal 2013.
The entire Board of Directors is engaged in risk management oversight. At the present time, the Board of Directors has not established a separate committee to facilitate its risk oversight responsibilities. The Board of Directors will continue to monitor and assess whether such a committee would be appropriate. The Audit Committee assists the Board of Directors in its oversight of our risk management and the process established to identify, measure, monitor, and manage risks, in particular major financial risks. The Board of Directors receives regular reports from management, as well as from the Audit Committee, regarding relevant risks and the actions taken by management to adequately address those risks.
Our board leadership structure separates the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer roles into two positions. We established this leadership structure based on our ownership structure and other relevant factors. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for our strategic direction and our day-to-day leadership and performance, while the Chairman of the Board provides guidance to the Chief Executive Officer and presides over meetings of the Board of the Directors. We believe that this structure is appropriate under current circumstances, because it allows management to make the operating decisions necessary to manage the business, while helping to keep a measure of independence between the oversight function of our Board of Directors and operating decisions.
Code of Business Ethics and Whistle Blower Policy
In April 2006, the Board of Directors adopted a Code of Business Ethics that applies to its directors, officers (including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and other persons performing similar functions), and management employees. The Code of Business Ethics is available on our website at www.daveandbusters.com/about-us/corporate-governance/#codeofbusiness. We intend to post any material amendments or waivers of, our Code of Business Ethics that apply to our executive officers, on this website. In addition, our Whistle Blower Policy is available on our website at www.daveandbusters.com/about-us/corporate-governance/#whistleblower.
Communications with the Board of Directors
If security holders wish to communicate with the Board of Directors or with an individual director, they may direct such communications in care of the General Counsel, 2481 Mañana Drive, Dallas, Texas 75220. The communication must be clearly addressed to the Board of Directors or to a specific director. The Board of Directors has instructed the General Counsel to review and forward any such correspondence to the appropriate person or persons for response.
 
ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
The Compensation Committee of our Board is responsible for establishing the compensation philosophy and ensuring each element of the compensation program encourages high levels of performance among the executive officers and positions the Company for growth. The Compensation Committee ensures our compensation program is fair, competitive, and closely aligns the interests of our executive officers with the Company’s short and long-term business objectives. Through a strategic combination of base pay, cash-based short-term incentive plans, and an equity-based long-term incentive plan, our Compensation Committee strives to reward executive officers for meeting certain strategic objectives and increasing shareholder value.
Under the leadership of the executive officers, the Company had a great deal of success in 2013, delivering strong EBITDA results, launching five new locations and continuing to strengthen the foundation required to position the Company for long-term growth. The Compensation Committee believes each component of the compensation program was effective at aligning the executive officers with the Company’s objectives and at recognizing the success the Company achieved as a result of their leadership.
This section describes our compensation program for our named executive officers (“NEOs”). The following discussion focuses on our compensation program and compensation-related decisions for fiscal 2013 and also addresses why we believe our compensation program supports our business strategy and operational plans.
 
43

Table of Contents
Compensation philosophy and overall objectives of executive compensation programs
It is our philosophy to link executive compensation to corporate performance and to create incentives for management to enhance our value both in the short and long-term. The following objectives have been adopted by the Compensation Committee as guidelines for compensation decisions:
 
 	•	 	provide a competitive total executive compensation package that enables us to attract, motivate and retain key executives;	
 
 	•	 	integrate the compensation arrangements with our annual and long-term business objectives and strategy, and focus executives on the fulfillment of these objectives;	
 
 	•	 	provide variable compensation opportunities that are directly linked with our financial and strategic performance; and	
 
 	•	 	ensure appropriate governance of our plans to ensure they are managed appropriately and truly adding value.	
Procedures for determining compensation
Our Compensation Committee has the overall responsibility for designing and evaluating the salaries, incentive plan compensation, policies and programs for our NEOs. The Compensation Committee relies on input from our Chief Executive Officer regarding the NEOs’ individual performance (other than himself) and an analysis of our corporate performance. With respect to the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee evaluates the Chief Executive Officer’s performance and sets his compensation. With respect to our corporate performance as a factor in compensation decisions, the Compensation Committee considers, among other aspects, our long-term and short-term strategic goals, revenue goals, profitability, and return to our investors.
Our Chief Executive Officer plays a significant role in the compensation-setting process of the other NEOs. Mr. King evaluates the performance of the other NEOs and makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee concerning performance objectives and salary and bonus levels for the other NEOs. The Compensation Committee annually discusses the recommendations with the Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, approve, in whole or in part, the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer. By a delegation of authority from the Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee has final authority regarding the overall compensation structure for the NEOs (other than stock option awards). In fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee approved Mr. King’s recommendations for salary and bonus with respect to each of the other NEOs.
In 2013, the Compensation Committee engaged the compensation consulting firm Aon Hewitt to conduct a benchmarking study of executive compensation programs. The results of this study, together with the experience of the Oak Hill Funds in managing other portfolio companies, guided our compensation decisions, including compensation of our NEOs. Aon Hewitt evaluated our market competitiveness against (a) a custom peer group and (b) Aon Hewitt’s Total Compensation Measurement survey of retail companies. The peer group against which we compared ourselves in fiscal 2013 includes casual dining restaurants that offer an “experience” and companies that focus on entertainment, including casino & gaming companies; hotels, resorts & cruise lines; and leisure facilities. All are publicly-traded companies that (a) have revenues between $409 million and $1.42 billion (approximately 0.6 times to 2.2 times our revenue), (b) have a median revenue of $968 million, which is above our 2013 adjusted revenue of $638 million, and (c) in aggregate, have a restaurant/entertainment mix similar to the income mix at D&B:

BJ’s Restaurants, Inc.	  	Texas Roadhouse, Inc.	  	Cedar Fair, L.P.	
Bravo Brio Restaurant Group, Inc.	  	Ameristar Casinos, Inc.	  	International Speedway Corp.	
Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc.	  	Churchill Downs, Inc.	  	SeaWorld Entertainment, Inc.	
CEC Entertainment, Inc.	  	Isle of Capri Casinos, Inc.	  	Six Flags Entertainment Corp	
DineEquity, Inc.	  	MTR Gaming Group, Inc.	  	Speedway Motorsports, Inc.	
Ignite Restaurant Group, Inc.	  	Pinnacle Entertainment, Inc.	  	Vail Resorts, Inc.	
Red Robin Gourmet Burgers, Inc.	  	The Marcus Corporation	  	 	
Due to the size differences among the peer group and us, Aon Hewitt used regression analysis to size-adjust the results.
 
44

Table of Contents
Elements of compensation
The compensation of our NEOs consists primarily of four major components:
 
 	•	 	base salary;	
 
 	•	 	annual incentive awards;	
 
 	•	 	long-term incentive awards; and	
 
 	•	 	other benefits.	
Base salary
The base salary of each of our NEOs is determined based on an evaluation of the responsibilities of that position, each NEO’s historical salary earned in similar management positions and the Oak Hill Fund’s experience in managing other portfolio companies. A significant portion of each NEO’s total compensation is in the form of base salary. In alignment with our compensation philosophy, the Compensation Committee believes that ensuring base salary levels position us appropriately relative to the market and reflect the performance and level of responsibility of each NEO is key to providing a competitive total compensation package. The salary component was designed to provide the NEOs with consistent income and to attract and retain talented and experienced executives capable of managing our operations and strategic growth. Annually, the performance of each NEO is reviewed by the Compensation Committee using information and evaluations provided by the Chief Executive Officer, taking into account our operating and financial results for the year, an assessment of the contribution of each NEO to such results, the achievement of our strategic growth and any changes in our NEOs’ roles and responsibilities. In addition, the Compensation Committee considers the results of the benchmarking study and the market competitiveness of each NEO’s base salary to determine appropriate merit- and market-based increases to each NEO’s base salary. During fiscal 2013, Mr. King, Mr. Mulleady, Mr. Berle, Mr. Bachus, and Mr. Jenkins, received merit-based increases in base salary of 3.9%, 3.5% 3.9%, 3.0%, and 3.5%, respectively.
Annual incentive plan
The Dave & Buster’s, Inc. Executive Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) is designed to recognize and reward our employees for contributing towards the achievement of our annual business plan. The Compensation Committee believes the Incentive Plan provides a valuable short-term incentive program for delivering a cash bonus opportunity for our employees upon achievement of targeted operating results as determined by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors. The Incentive Plan also supports our efforts to integrate our compensation philosophies with our annual business objectives and focus our executives on the fulfillment of those objectives.
The fiscal 2013 Incentive Plan for most employees was based on our targeted Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2013. “Adjusted EBITDA” is calculated as net income (loss), plus interest expense (net), provision (benefit) for income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, loss (gain) on asset disposal, share-based compensation, currency transaction (gain) loss, pre-opening costs, reimbursement of affiliate expenses, severance, change in deferred amusement revenue and ticket liability estimations, transaction costs and other non-cash or non-recurring charges. Substantially all of the NEOs received a bonus based on achievement of various corporate objectives (including items such as Adjusted EBITDA, revenues, and similar measures) as determined by the Compensation Committee. With the exception of Mr. Mulleady, bonus payouts for our NEOs are based 75% on the achievement of a target based on Adjusted EBITDA, 12.5% on the achievement of revenue targets, and 12.5% on the achievement of targeted comp store revenue growth. Mr. Mulleady’s bonus was based on Adjusted EBITDA, the achievement of targets related to signed leases, and the achievement of targets related to new store construction costs. The Compensation Committee reviews and modifies the performance goals for the Incentive Plan as necessary to ensure reasonableness, support of our strategy and consistency with our overall objectives. The Adjusted EBITDA target for fiscal 2013 (a 52 week period) was 9.3% higher than fiscal 2012 (a 53 week period) and the revenue target was 4.7% higher than 2012 revenues. With respect to Mr. Mulleady’s objectives, the targets for signed leases and new store construction were aligned with our development strategy and intended to build the pipeline for future growth. In setting Mr. Mulleady’s targets, the Compensation Committee considered prior results and the level of performance needed to achieve development goals and set the targets at levels the Committee believed were challenging but attainable.

 	  	Target	 	  	Actual	 	 	% of Target	 	 	Payout %	 	
Adjusted EBITDA	  	$	131,768	  	  	$	134,785	  	 	 	102.30	% 	 	 	122.9	% 	
Adjusted Revenue	  	$	637.9	  	  	$	638.0	  	 	 	100.00	% 	 	 	100.1	% 	
Comp Store Revenue Growth	  	 	3.00%	  	  	 	0.95	% 	 	 	31.90	% 	 	 	0.0	% 	
 
45

Table of Contents
Under each NEO’s employment agreement and the Incentive Plan, a target bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of an NEO’s annualized base salary as of the end of the fiscal year, prorated according to the percentage of the fiscal year the NEO is employed by the Company. Target levels are established based upon a review of market practices and align to Dave & Buster’s compensation philosophy. Bonuses in excess or below the target level may be paid subject to a prescribed maximum or minimum. Below a minimum threshold level of performance, no awards will be granted under the Incentive Plan.

 	  	% of Salary at	 	 	% of Salary at	 	 	% of Salary at	 	
 	  	Threshold	 	 	Target	 	 	Maximum	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	20.0	% 	 	 	80.0	% 	 	 	160.0	% 	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	11.3	% 	 	 	60.0	% 	 	 	120.0	% 	
Dolf Berle	  	 	17.5	% 	 	 	70.0	% 	 	 	140.0	% 	
Kevin Bachus	  	 	12.5	% 	 	 	50.0	% 	 	 	100.0	% 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	15.0	% 	 	 	60.0	% 	 	 	120.0	% 	
At the close of the performance period, the Compensation Committee determined the bonuses for the NEOs following the annual audit and reporting of financial results for fiscal 2013 and reported the awards to the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee authorized bonuses to the NEOs in amounts that were commensurate with the results achieved during fiscal 2013. In reviewing fiscal 2013 Incentive Plan results, the Compensation Committee recognized that we exceeded the target Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted revenues and did not achieve threshold performance for Comp Store Revenue Growth, which resulted in an award above target level performance for substantially all employees, including the NEOs. With the exception of Mr. Mulleady, our NEOs were paid 104.7% of their target bonus opportunity for fiscal 2013 based on the achievement of performance in excess of target on Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted revenues. Mr. Mulleady achieved above target performance on the portion of his bonus linked to the attainment of restaurant development objectives; therefore, he was paid 129.9% of his target bonus opportunity for fiscal 2013.

 	  	Target Bonus	 	  	Bonus Paid	 	  	% of Target	 	
Stephen M. King	  	$	532,000	  	  	$	556,926	  	  	 	104.7	% 	
John B. Mulleady	  	$	223,500	  	  	$	290,283	  	  	 	129.9	% 	
Dolf Berle	  	$	281,750	  	  	$	294,951	  	  	 	104.7	% 	
Kevin Bachus	  	$	136,500	  	  	$	142,896	  	  	 	104.7	% 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	$	223,500	  	  	$	233,972	  	  	 	104.7	% 	
The Compensation Committee believes the incentive awards were warranted and consistent with the performance of such executives during fiscal 2013 based on the Compensation Committee’s evaluation of each individual’s overall contribution to accomplishing our fiscal 2013 corporate goals and of each individual’s achievement of strategic and individual performance goals during the year.
Long-term incentive plan
The Compensation Committee believes that it is essential to align the interests of the executives and other key management personnel responsible for our growth with the interests of our stockholders. The Compensation Committee has also identified the need to retain tenured, high-performing executives. The Compensation Committee believes that these objectives are accomplished through the provision of stock-based incentives that align the interests of management personnel with the long-term objectives of enhancing our value, as set forth in the Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan (the “Stock Incentive Plan”).
During fiscal 2013, the board of directors of D&B Entertainment awarded service-based stock options to Mr. Mulleady in recognition of his outstanding performance and to Mr. Bachus in connection with his hire. The exercise prices of the stock option awards were established on the date that the board of directors of D&B Entertainment approved the awards. The exercise price was established by the board of directors of D&B Entertainment and supported by an independent valuation assessment. The Compensation Committee granted equity awards to the other NEOs prior to 2013 and determined that the size and design of those awards were sufficient at this time. Therefore, no additional awards were made to other NEOs in 2013.
Prior to 2013, we generally provided our NEOs with a combination of service-based stock options with gradual vesting schedules and performance-based stock options that vest upon the attainment of a pre-established performance target. A greater number of stock options were granted to our more senior officers who have more strategic responsibilities. With respect to service-based options, the options vest ratably (20% per year) over a five-year period commencing one year following the grant date. With respect to performance-based options, there are various performance-based vesting provisions depending on the type
 
46

Table of Contents
of performance option granted. Adjusted EBITDA vesting options vest over a three-year, four-year or five-year period based on D&B Entertainment meeting certain profitability targets for each fiscal year, as determined by the Compensation Committee (the profitability target for fiscal 2013 was Adjusted EBITDA of $126,201 and for fiscal 2014 is Adjusted EBITDA of $147,822); provided, that if, in any fiscal year such Adjusted EBITDA target is not achieved, the options that would vest in such fiscal year will vest if the Adjusted EBITDA in the succeeding year aggregated with the Adjusted EBITDA in such fiscal year exceeds the sum of the Adjusted EBITDA target for both fiscal years.
For performance-based stock options that vest upon the attainment of a pre-established performance target based on the Oak Hill Funds’ internal rate of return (the interest rate, compounded annually, calculated at the times and in the manner set forth in the stock option agreement), in each case described below, there are two tranches of options. One tranche of options vest and become exercisable if and only if a change of control (where prior to an initial public offering any person owns a greater percentage of common stock than the Oak Hill Funds, or following an initial public offering, a sale of the Company’s stock to the public that when aggregated with other public sales by the Oak Hill Funds, results in the sale of at least 75% of the stock held by the Oak Hill Funds prior to the initial public offering) occurs in which the internal rate of return with respect to the Oak Hill Funds’ investment in the common stock of the Company made on June 1, 2010 is greater than or equal to 20% as determined by the Compensation Committee. The other tranche of options vest and become exercisable if and only if a change of control occurs in which the internal rate of return with respect to the Oak Hill Funds’ investment in the common stock of the Company made on June 1, 2010 is greater than or equal to 25% as determined by the Compensation Committee. Vesting of options in each case is subject to the grantee’s continued employment with or service to the Company or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination) as of the vesting date. Any options that have not vested prior to a change in control or do not vest in connection with the change in control will be forfeited by the grantee upon a change in control for no consideration.
There are 18,342.43 shares available for issuance under the Stock Incentive Plan. All other shares have previously been granted. The only other option grants that could be made in the future would be the re-allocation of options that may be forfeited by a participant.
The Compensation Committee annually reviews long-term incentives to assure that our executive officers and other key employees are appropriately motivated and rewarded based on our long-term financial success.
Other benefits
Retirement Benefits. Our employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in the 401(k) retirement plan on the same basis as other employees. However, tax regulations impose a limit on the amount of compensation that may be deferred for purposes of retirement savings. As a result, we established the Select Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”). See “— 2013 Nonqualified deferred compensation ” for a discussion of the SERP.
Perquisites and Other Benefits. We offer our NEOs modest perquisites and other personal benefits that we believe are reasonable and round out a competitive compensation program that enhances our ability to attract and retain executive talent in our best interest, including car allowances, country club memberships, and Company-paid financial counseling and tax preparation services. See “—2013 Summary compensation table.”
Severance Benefits. We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs. These agreements provide our NEOs with certain severance benefits in the event of involuntary termination or adverse job changes and are key to attracting and retaining key executives. See “  —Employment agreements  .”
Deductibility of executive compensation
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 limits the deductibility of certain compensation over $1,000,000 paid by a company to an executive officer. The Compensation Committee will take action to qualify most compensation approaches to ensure deductibility, except in those limited cases in which the Compensation Committee believes stockholder interests are best served by retaining flexibility. In such cases, the Compensation Committee will consider various alternatives to preserving the deductibility of compensation payments and benefits to the extent reasonably practicable and to the extent consistent with its compensation objectives.
Risk Assessment Disclosure
Our Compensation Committee assessed the risk associated with our compensation practices and policies for employees, including a consideration of the balance between risk-taking incentives and risk-mitigating factors in our practices and policies. The assessment determined that any risks arising from our compensation practices and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.
 
47

Table of Contents
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has furnished the following report:
The Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) with the management of the Company. Based on that review and discussion, the Committee has recommended to the Board of Directors that the CD&A be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

David A. Jones, Chair	  	Michael J. Griffith	  	Jonathan S. Halkyard	  	Alan J. Lacy	  	Tyler J. Wolfram	
2013 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The following table sets forth information concerning all compensation paid or accrued by the Company during fiscal 2013 to or for each person serving as a NEO at the end of 2013.

 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	Option	 	  	Non-Equity	 	  	All Other	 	  	 	 	
Name and Principal
Position	  	Year	 	  	Salary (5)
($)	 	  	Bonus
($)	 	  	Awards (6)
($)	 	  	Incentive Plan
Compensation	 	  	Compensation (7)
($)	 	  	Total
($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	2013	  	  	 	646,250	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	556,926	  	  	 	39,709	  	  	 	1,242,885	  	
(CEO)	  	 	2012	  	  	 	622,308	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	939,283	  	  	 	45,822	  	  	 	1,607,413	  	
 	  	 	2011	  	  	 	600,000	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	416,664	  	  	 	35,094	  	  	 	1,051,758	  	
John B. Mulleady (1)	  	 	2013	  	  	 	363,125	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	404,000	  	  	 	290,283	  	  	 	15,900	  	  	 	1,073,308	  	
(SVP, Real Estate	  	 	2012	  	  	 	285,385	  	  	 	75,000	  	  	 	228,032	  	  	 	249,623	  	  	 	77,441	  	  	 	915,481	  	
and Development)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Dolf Berle (2 )	  	 	2013	  	  	 	391,250	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	294,951	  	  	 	16,767	  	  	 	702,968	  	
(President and	  	 	2012	  	  	 	378,135	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	497,618	  	  	 	15,279	  	  	 	891,032	  	
COO)	  	 	2011	  	  	 	336,539	  	  	 	69,304	  	  	 	235,290	  	  	 	233,706	  	  	 	13,207	  	  	 	888,046	  	
Kevin Bachus (3)	  	 	2013	  	  	 	267,000	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	278,700	  	  	 	142,896	  	  	 	13,120	  	  	 	701,716	  	
(SVP Entertainment	  	 	2012	  	  	 	61,154	  	  	 	100,000	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	55,036	  	  	 	3,028	  	  	 	219,218	  	
and Games Strategy)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Brian A. Jenkins (4)	  	 	2013	  	  	 	363,933	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	233,972	  	  	 	34,030	  	  	 	631,935	  	
(SVP and CFO)	  	 	2012	  	  	 	351,115	  	  	 	13,596	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	396,260	  	  	 	35,738	  	  	 	796,709	  	
 	  	 	2011	  	  	 	328,750	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	—   	  	  	 	236,110	  	  	 	31,656	  	  	 	596,516	  	
 
(1)	Mr. Mulleady joined the Company on April 16, 2012, and received a sign-on bonus in the amount of $75,000.	
(2)	Mr. Berle joined the Company in February 2011 and received a sign-on bonus in the amount of $69,304 to defray certain costs and expenses incurred by him.	
(3)	Mr. Bachus joined the Company on November 12, 2012, and received a sign-on bonus in the amount of $100,000.	
(4)	In fiscal 2012, Mr. Jenkins received a project bonus outside of the Incentive Plan. This bonus amount was recommended by Mr. King and approved by the Compensation Committee prior to payment.	
(5)	The following salary deferrals were made under the SERP in 2013: Mr. King, $38,755 and Mr. Jenkins, $36,393.	
(6)	Amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of options calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The discussion of the assumptions used for purposes of valuation of options granted in 2013, 2012, and 2011 appear in the Financial Statements contained in Item 15(a)(i), Note 1, Page F-9.	
(7)	The following table sets forth the components of “All Other Compensation:”	
 
48

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	Company	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	Financial	 	  	 	 	  	Contribution	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	Planning/	 	  	 	 	  	to Retirement	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	 	 	  	Car	 	  	Legal	 	  	Club	 	  	& 401(k)	 	  	Relocation	 	  	Total	 	
Name	  	Year	 	  	Allowance ($)	 	  	Fees ($)	 	  	Dues ($)	 	  	Plans ($) (a)	 	  	Expenses ($)	 	  	($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	2013	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	1,544	  	  	 	3,120	  	  	 	25,045	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	39,709	  	
 	  	 	2012	  	  	 	10,192	  	  	 	5,000	  	  	 	3,180	  	  	 	27,450	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	45,822	  	
 	  	 	2011	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3,120	  	  	 	21,974	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	35,094	  	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	2013	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	962	  	  	 	3,120	  	  	 	1,818	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	15,900	  	
 	  	 	2012	  	  	 	8,077	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	2,520	  	  	 	2,381	  	  	 	64,463	  	  	 	77,441	  	
Dolf Berle	  	 	2013	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	1,809	  	  	 	3,120	  	  	 	1,838	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	16,767	  	
 	  	 	2012	  	  	 	10,192	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3,180	  	  	 	1,907	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	15,279	  	
 	  	 	2011	  	  	 	9,616	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3,000	  	  	 	591	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	13,207	  	
Kevin Bachus	  	 	2013	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3,120	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	13,120	  	
 	  	 	2012	  	  	 	2,308	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	720	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	3,028	  	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	2013	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	5,000	  	  	 	3,120	  	  	 	15,910	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	34,030	  	
 	  	 	2012	  	  	 	10,192	  	  	 	5,000	  	  	 	3,180	  	  	 	17,366	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	35,738	  	
 	  	 	2011	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	5,000	  	  	 	3,120	  	  	 	13,536	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	31,656	  	
 
(a)	Amounts include Company contributions to the 401(k) plan and SERP that were based on the Company’s performance during the 2013 fiscal year and accrued as of February 2, 2014, although such contributions were not made until the 2014 fiscal year. Amounts also include the Company’s fixed contributions to the 401(k) plan and SERP that were made during the 2013 fiscal year.	
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS IN FISCAL 2013
The following table shows the grants of plan-based awards to the NEOs in fiscal 2013.

 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	Exercise or	 	  	Grant Date	 	
 	  	 	 	  	Estimated Future Payouts Under	 	  	All other options awards:	 	  	Base Price	 	  	Fair Value of	 	
 	  	Grant	 	  	Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (1)	 	  	number of securities	 	  	of Option	 	  	Option	 	
Name	  	Date	 	  	Threshold ($)	 	  	Target ($)	 	  	Maximum ($)	 	  	underlying options (#)	 	  	Awards ($/Sh)	 	  	Awards ($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	 	 	  	 	133,000	  	  	 	532,000	  	  	 	1,064,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	5/3/2013	  	  	 	41,906	  	  	 	223,500	  	  	 	447,000	  	  	 	300	  	  	 	1,867	  	  	 	278,700	  	
 	  	 	9/27/2013	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	100	  	  	 	2,102	  	  	 	125,300	  	
Dolf Berle	  	 	 	 	  	 	70,438	  	  	 	281,750	  	  	 	563,500	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Kevin Bachus	  	 	5/3/2013	  	  	 	34,125	  	  	 	136,500	  	  	 	273,000	  	  	 	300	  	  	 	1,867	  	  	 	278,700	  	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	 	 	  	 	55,875	  	  	 	223,500	  	  	 	447,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 
(1)	All such payouts are pursuant to the Incentive Plan, as more particularly described under “—Annual Incentive Plan” above and actual payouts are recorded under “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in the “—Summary Compensation Table.”	
 
49

Table of Contents
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2013

 	  	 	 	  	Number of
Securities	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	Number of Securities	 	  	Underlying	 	  	Option	 	  	 	 	
 	  	Underlying Unexercised
Options (#) (1)	 	  	Unexercised
Unearned	 	  	Exercise
Price	 	  	Option
Expiration	 	
Name	  	Exercisable (1)	 	  	Unexercisable (2)	 	  	Options (#) (3)	 	  	($)	 	  	Date	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	1,512.00	  	  	 	504.00	  	  	 	1,764.00	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	06/1/2020	  	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	80.00	 	  	 	120.00	  	  	 	250.00	  	  	 	1,140	  	  	 	04/16/2022	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	300.00	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	1,867	  	  	 	5/3/2023	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	100.00	  	  	 	 	 	  	 	2,102	  	  	 	9/27/2023	  	
Dolf Berle	  	 	731.70	  	  	 	487.80	  	  	 	1,219.50	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	03/23/2021	  	
Kevin Bachus	  	 	—  	  	  	 	300.00	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,867	  	  	 	5/3/2023	  	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	789.00	  	  	 	263.20	  	  	 	919.80	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	06/1/2020	  	
 
(1)	These options represent (a) vested service-based options and (b) the vested portion of performance-based options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. With the exception of options granted to Mr. Mulleady, Mr. Berle, and Mr. Bachus, service-based options vest ratably over a five-year period, commencing on June 1, 2011, the first anniversary of the date of grant. Service-based options granted to Mr. Mulleady vest ratably over a five-year period commencing on April 16, 2013, May 3, 2014, and September 27, 2014, the first anniversary of the date of each grant. Service-based options granted to Mr. Berle vest ratably over a five-year period commencing on March 23, 2012, the first anniversary of the date of grant. Service-based options granted to Mr. Bachus vest ratably over a five-year period commencing on May 3, 2014, the first anniversary of the date of the grant.	
(2)	These options represent the unvested service-based options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. These options will vest as described in (1) above.	
(3)	These options are unvested performance-based options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan and shall vest (a) in the event the Company achieves certain annual earnings targets and (b) upon a change in control of the Company in which the Oak Hill Funds achieve a designated internal rate of return on its initial investment.	
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table sets forth information concerning the shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of options under the Management Incentive Plan as of February 2, 2014:

Plan
Category	  	Number of
Securities to
be Issued
Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and Rights	 	  	Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and Rights	 	  	Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future
Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans	 	
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders	  	 	17,752.57	  	  	$	1,084.75	  	  	 	18,342.43	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	17,752.57	  	  	$	1,084.75	  	  	 	18,342.43	  	

50

Table of Contents
2013 NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION
The SERP is an unfunded defined contribution plan designed to permit a select group of management or highly compensated employees to set aside additional retirement benefits on a pre-tax basis. The SERP has a variety of investment options similar in type to our 401(k) plan. Any employer contributions to a participant’s account vest in equal portions over a five-year period, and become immediately vested upon termination of a participant’s employment on or after age 65 or by reason of the participant’s death or disability, and upon a change of control (as defined in the SERP). Pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, however, such distribution cannot be made to certain employees of a publicly traded corporation before the earlier of six months following the employee’s termination date or the death of the employee. Withdrawals from the SERP may be permitted in the event of an unforeseeable emergency.
The following table shows contributions to each NEO’s deferred compensation account in 2013 and the aggregate amount of such officer’s deferred compensation as of February 2, 2014.

Name	  	Executive
Contributions
In Last Fiscal Year (1)
($)	 	  	Registrant
Contributions in Last
Fiscal Year (2)
($)	 	  	Aggregate
Earnings in Last
Fiscal Year
($)	 	  	Aggregate Balance
at Last Fiscal
Year-End
($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	 	38,775	  	  	 	25,045	  	  	 	24,140	  	  	 	260,332	  	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Dolf Berle	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Kevin Bachus	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	36,393	  	  	 	14,093	  	  	 	13	  	  	 	163,602	  	
 
(1)	Amounts are included in the “Salary” column of the “—2013 Summary Compensation Table. ”	
(2)	Amounts shown are matching contributions pursuant to the deferred compensation plan. These amounts are included in the “ All other compensation ” column of the “— 2013 Summary Compensation Table. ”	
Employment Agreements
As of the closing of the June 1, 2010 acquisition, we have entered into new amended and restated employment agreements with our NEOs to reflect the then current compensation arrangements of each of the NEOs and to include additional restrictive covenants, including a one-year non-compete provision and a two-year non-solicitation and non-hire provision. The employment agreement for each NEO provides for an initial term of two years, subject to automatic one-year renewals unless terminated earlier by the NEO or us. Under the terms of the employment agreements, each NEO will be entitled to a minimum base salary and may receive an annual salary increase commensurate with such officer’s performance during the year, as determined by the Board of Directors of Dave & Buster’s Management Corporation, Inc. Our NEOs are also entitled to participate the Stock Incentive Plan and in any profit sharing, qualified and nonqualified retirement plans and any health, life, accident, disability insurance, sick leave, supplemental medical reimbursement insurance, or benefit plans or programs as we may choose to make available now or in the future. NEOs will be entitled to receive an annual automobile allowance, an allowance for club membership and paid vacation. In addition, the employment agreements contain provisions providing for severance payments and continuation of benefits under certain circumstances including termination by us without cause, upon execution of a general release of claims in favor of us. Each employment agreement contains a confidentiality covenant.
Potential Payments Upon Termination Or Change In Control
The following is a discussion of the rights of the NEOs under the Stock Incentive Plan and the employment agreements with the NEOs following a termination of employment or change in control.
Stock Incentive Plan
Pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan, certain vested stock options shall terminate on the earliest of (a) the day on which the executive officer is no longer employed by us due to the termination of such employment for cause, (b) the thirty-first day following the date the executive officer is no longer employed by us due to the termination of such employment upon notice to us by the executive officer without good reason having been shown, (c) the 366th day following the date the executive officer is no longer employed by us by reason of death, disability, or due to the termination of such employment (i) by the executive officer for
 
51

Table of Contents
good reason having been shown or (ii) by us for reason other than for cause, or (d) the tenth anniversary of the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of the immediately following sentence, all options that are not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of employment shall immediately terminate and expire on such termination date. A portion of the performance-based stock options shall become vested and exercisable subject to the satisfaction of certain performance requirements set forth in the Stock Incentive Plan. Upon a sale or change in control as more particularly described in the Stock Incentive Plan, certain performance-based stock options shall become vested and exercisable, subject to certain performance requirements set forth in the Stock Incentive Plan.
Employment agreements
Deferred compensation. All contributions made by an executive officer to a deferred compensation account, and all vested portions of our contributions to such deferred compensation account, shall be disbursed to the executive officer upon termination of employment for any reason. See “— 2013 Nonqualified deferred compensation. ”
Resignation. If an executive officer resigns from employment with us, such officer is not eligible for any further payments of salary, bonus, or benefits and such officer shall only be entitled to receive that compensation which has been earned by the officer through the date of termination.
Involuntary Termination Not for Cause. In the event of involuntary termination of employment other than for Cause (as defined in the employment agreements), an executive officer would be entitled to 12 months of severance pay at such officer’s then-current base salary, the pro rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, earned by the officer for the then-current fiscal year, 12 months continuation of such officer’s automobile allowance, and monthly payments for a period of six months equal to the monthly premium required by such officers to maintain health insurance benefits provided by our group health insurance plan, in accordance with the requirements of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985.
Termination for Cause. In the event of termination for Cause, the officer is not eligible for any further payments of salary, bonus, or benefits and shall be only entitled to receive that compensation which has been earned by the officer through the date of termination.
Termination for good reason. In the event the employee chooses to terminate his or her employment for reasons such as material breach of the employment agreement by us, relocation of the office where the officer performs his or her duties, assignment to the officer of any duties, authority, or responsibilities that are materially inconsistent with such officer’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities or other similar actions, such officer shall be entitled to the same benefits described above under “  —Involuntary Termination Not for Cause  .”
Death or disability. The benefits to which an officer (or such officer’s estate or representative) would be entitled in the event of death or disability are as described above under “— Involuntary Termination Not for Cause .” However, the amount of salary paid to any such disabled officer shall be reduced by any income replacement benefits received from the disability insurance we provide.
Information concerning the potential payments upon a termination of employment or change in control is set forth in tabular form below for each NEO. Information is provided as if the termination, death, disability or change in control (as defined in the Stock Incentive Plan) and certain other liquidity events had occurred as of February 2, 2014 (the last day of fiscal 2013).
 
52

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Name	  	Benefit	 	Resignation
($)	 	  	Termination
W/Out
Cause($)	 	  	Termination
With
Cause($)	 	  	Termination
for Good
Reason($)	 	  	Death/
Disability
($)	 	  	Change in
Control ($)	 	
Stephen M. King	  	Salary	 	 	—  	  	  	 	665,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	665,000	  	  	 	665,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus (1)	 	 	—  	  	  	 	532,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	532,000	  	  	 	532,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	 	 	—  	  	  	 	9,284	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,284	  	  	 	9,284	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	 	 	260,332	  	  	 	260,332	  	  	 	260,332	  	  	 	260,332	  	  	 	260,332	  	  	 	260,332	  	
Dolf Berle	  	Salary	 	 	—  	  	  	 	402,500	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	402,500	  	  	 	402,500	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus (1)	 	 	—  	  	  	 	281,750	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	281,750	  	  	 	281,750	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	 	 	—  	  	  	 	9,284	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,284	  	  	 	9,284	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
John B. Mulleady	  	Salary	 	 	—  	  	  	 	372,500	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	372,500	  	  	 	372,500	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus (1)	 	 	—  	  	  	 	223,500	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	223,500	  	  	 	223,500	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	 	 	—  	  	  	 	8,829	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	8,829	  	  	 	8,829	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Kevin Bachus	  	Salary	 	 	—  	  	  	 	273,300	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	273,300	  	  	 	273,300	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus (1)	 	 	—  	  	  	 	136,500	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	136,500	  	  	 	136,500	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	 	 	—  	  	  	 	6,140	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	6,140	  	  	 	6,140	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	Salary	 	 	—  	  	  	 	372,500	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	372,500	  	  	 	372,500	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Bonus (1)	 	 	—  	  	  	 	223,500	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	223,500	  	  	 	223,500	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Car	 	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	H & W Benefits	 	 	—  	  	  	 	9,284	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	9,284	  	  	 	9,284	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	Deferred Compensation	 	 	163,602	  	  	 	163,602	  	  	 	163,602	  	  	 	163,602	  	  	 	163,602	  	  	 	163,602	  	
 
(1)	Accrued and unpaid non-equity incentive compensation payable assuming target performance pursuant to our 2013 Incentive Plan.	
The Director Compensation Table and related narrative in Item 10 above is incorporated by reference into this Item 11.
 
53

Table of Contents
ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	
As of April 25, 2014, 100 shares of our common stock were outstanding. All of our common stock is owned by D&B Holdings. All of the common stock of D&B Holdings is owned by D&B Entertainment. The following table shows the ownership of D&B Entertainment’s common stock by (a) all persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of D&B Entertainment common stock, (b) each present director, (c) the named executive officers, and (d) all executive officers and directors as a group as of April 25, 2014.

 	  	Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
as of
April 25,
2014	 	  	Number of
Shares
Attributable
to Options
Exercisable
Within 60
Days of
April 25,
2014	 	 	Percent
(9)	 	
Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. (1)	  	 	136,262.75	  	  	 	(2	)	 	 	92.33	% 	
Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (1)	  	 	4,475.18	  	  	 	(2	)	 	 	3.03	% 	
Directors (3)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stephen M. King (5)	  	 	3,841.68	  	  	 	2,016.00	(4) 	 	 	2.57	% 	
Michael J. Griffith	  	 	273.05	  	  	 	106.38	(4)	 	 	 	* 	
Jonathan S. Halkyard	  	 	273.05	  	  	 	106.38	(4)	 	 	 	* 	
David A. Jones (6)	  	 	1,000.00	  	  	 	—  	(4)	 	 	 	* 	
Alan J. Lacy	  	 	750.00	  	  	 	—  	(4)	 	 	 	* 	
Kevin M. Mailender	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	 	* 	
Kevin M. Sheehan	  	 	606.38	  	  	 	106.38	(4)	 	 	 	* 	
J. Taylor Crandall	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	 	* 	
Tyler J. Wolfram	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	 	* 	
Named Executive Officers (3)(7)	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dolf Berle	  	 	1,172.55	  	  	 	1,097.55	(8)	 	 	 	* 	
John B. Mulleady	  	 	220.00	  	  	 	220.00	(8)	 	 	 	* 	
Brian A. Jenkins	  	 	1,719.08	  	  	 	1,052.00	(8)	 	 	1.16	% 	
Kevin Bachus	  	 	60.00	  	  	 	60.00	(8)	 	 	 	* 	
All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (19 Persons)	  	 	12,824.81	  	  	 	6,515.64	  	 	 	8.31	% 	
 
*	Less than 1%	
(1)	The business address of Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively, the “Oak Hill Funds”) is 201 Main Street, Suite 1018, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. OHCP MGP III, Ltd. is the sole general partner of OHCP MGP Partners III, L.P., which is the sole general partner of OHCP GenPar III, L.P., which is the sole general partner of each of the Oak Hill Funds. OHCP MGP III, Ltd. exercises voting and dispositive control over the shares held by each of the Oak Hill Funds. Investment and voting decisions with regard to the shares of the Purchaser’s common stock owned by the Oak Hill Funds are made by an Investment Committee of the board of directors of OHCP MGP III, Ltd. The members of the board of directors are J. Taylor Crandall, Steven B. Gruber, and Denis J. Nayden. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by the Oak Hill Funds.	
(2)	Not applicable.	
(3)	We determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as noted, and except for any community property interests owned by spouses, the listed individuals have sole investment power and sole voting power as to all shares of stock of which they are identified as being the beneficial owners.	
(4)	Mr. King owns 3,780 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, 2,016 of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of April 25, 2014. Mr. Lacy owns 1,644 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of April 25, 2014. Mr. Jones owns 822 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, none of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of April 25, 2014. Mr. Griffith, Mr. Halkyard and Mr. Sheehan each owns 106.38 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, all of which have vested.	
 
54

Table of Contents
(5)	Shares reflected in the table include 1,825.679 shares owned by the Steve and Shauna King Investment Partnership L.P. (the “Investment Partnership”). Currently, Mr. King has sole voting and investment power over all the shares owned by the Investment Partnership.	
(6)	Shares reflected in the table include 740 shares owned by Mr. Jones; 20 shares owned by each of the eight David A. Jones 2006 Grandchildren’s Trusts Dated 12/30/2006, trusts established for the benefit of Mr. Jones’s eight grandchildren; 20 shares owned by each of the two David A. Jones 2013 Grandchildren’s Trust dated 6/30/13, trusts established for the benefit of two of Mr. Jones’ grandchildren; 20 shares owned by Brenton Alan Kindle; 20 shares owned by Brooke Nicole Kindle Stephens; 20 shares owned by Leslie Ann Jones Acosta; 20 shares owned by Jeffrey David Jones; and 20 shares owned by Dana Michele Jones Smith. Currently, Mr. Jones has sole voting and investment power over all of the shares pursuant to the voting trust agreement and irrevocable proxies executed by the trustees of each trust on behalf of the eight trust beneficiaries and the individual owners of the shares.	
(7)	In addition to Mr. King who serves as a director.	
(8)	Mr. Berle owns 2,439 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, 1,097.55 of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of April 25, 2014. Mr. Mulleady owns 850 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, 220 of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of April 25, 2014. Mr. Jenkins owns 1,972 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, 1,052 of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of April 25, 2014. Mr. Bachus owns 300 stock options under the Stock Incentive Plan, 60 of which have vested, or will vest, within 60 days of April 25, 2014.	
(9)	This percentage is based on the number of beneficially owned shares of common stock as of April 25, 2014, determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.	
 
ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	
Relationship with Oak Hill Capital Partners
Our directors, Tyler J. Wolfram, J. Taylor Crandall, and Kevin M. Mailendar are Partners of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. Our directors, Alan J. Lacy and David A. Jones are both Senior Advisors to the Oak Hill Funds.
Director Independence
Though not formally considered by our Board of Directors because we are not a listed issuer, we have evaluated the independence of our Board of Directors using the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We believe that Messrs. Lacy, Jones, Sheehan, Halkyard and Griffith, are independent directors within the meaning of the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.
Expense reimbursement agreement
We have entered into an expense reimbursement agreement with Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC, concurrently with the consummation of the June 1, 2010 acquisition. Pursuant to this agreement, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC provides general advice to us in connection with our long-term strategic plans, financial management, strategic transactions and other business matters. The expense reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of certain expenses of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. The initial term of the expense reimbursement agreement expires in June 2015 and after that date such agreement will renew automatically on a year-to-year basis unless one party gives at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention not to renew.
Stockholders’ agreement
D&B Entertainment, certain members of management and the Oak Hill Funds entered into a stockholders’ agreement as of June 1, 2010. The stockholders’ agreement contains, among other things, certain restrictions on the ability of the parties thereto to freely transfer the securities of D&B Entertainment held by such parties. In addition, the stockholders’ agreement provides that the Oak Hill Funds may compel a sale of all or a portion of the equity in D&B Entertainment to a third party (commonly known as drag-along rights) and, alternatively, that stockholders of D&B Entertainment may participate in certain sales of stock by the Oak Hill Funds to third parties (commonly known as tag-along rights). The stockholders’ agreement also contains certain corporate governance provisions regarding the nomination of directors and officers of D&B Entertainment by the parties thereto. The stockholders’ agreement also provides that D&B Entertainment’s stockholders, under certain circumstances, will have the ability to cause D&B Entertainment to register common equity securities of D&B Entertainment under the Securities Act, and provide for procedures by which certain of the equity holders of D&B Entertainment may participate in such registrations.
Related Transactions
We have not adopted a formal policy governing the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. However, our Audit Committee reviews, approves or ratifies, when necessary, all transactions involving corporate officers. In addition, pursuant to our Code of Business Ethics, it is Company policy that unless a written waiver is granted (as explained below), employees may not (a) perform services for or have a financial interest in a private company that is, or may become, a supplier,
 
55

Table of Contents
customer, or competitor of the Company; (b) perform services for or own more than 1% of the equity of a publicly traded company that is, or may become, a supplier, customer, or competitor of the Company, or (c) perform outside work or otherwise engage in any outside activity or enterprise that may interfere in any way with job performance or create a conflict with the Company’s best interests. Employees are under a continuing obligation to disclose to their supervisors any situation that presents the possibility of a conflict or disparity of interest between the employee and the Company. An employee’s conflict of interest may only be waived if both the Legal Department and the employee’s supervisor waive the conflict in writing. An officer’s conflict of interest may only be waived if the Audit Committee approves the waiver.
 
ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	
KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) has no direct or indirect interest in the Company. KPMG has been the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm since 2010. The following table sets forth the fees for professional audit services provided to the Company by KPMG, for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013:

 	  	Fiscal
2013	 	  	Fiscal
2012	 	
Audit Fees (1)	  	$	490	  	  	$	460	  	
Audit-Related Fees	  	 	18	  	  	 	231	(2) 	
Tax Fees	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	508	  	  	$	691	  	

(1) 	Includes fees for services for the audit of our annual financial statements, the reviews of our interim financial statements, implementation of accounting pronouncements and assistance with SEC filings.	
(2) 	Includes fees related to the withdrawn public filing of D&B Entertainment common stock. The expenses related to this transaction were pushed down to the Company as the funds from the offering were to have been substantially used to reduce the Company’s senior notes.	
The Audit Committee has established a policy whereby the outside auditors are required to seek pre-approval on an annual basis of all audit, audit-related, tax and other services by providing a prior description of the services to be performed and a specific fee estimate for each such service. Individual engagements anticipated to exceed the pre-approved thresholds must be separately approved by the Audit Committee. For both fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, 100% of all audit-related services, tax services and other services were pre-approved by the Audit Committee, which concluded that the provision of such services by KPMG were compatible with such firm’s independence.
 
56

Table of Contents
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
We have reviewed and discussed with management and KPMG, the independent registered public accounting firm, our audited financial statements as of and for the year ended February 2, 2014. We have also discussed with KPMG the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 16, as amended, “ Communications with Audit Committees”,  as  adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”).
We have received and reviewed the written disclosures and the letter from KPMG required by applicable requirements of the PCAOB regarding KPMG’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, have considered the compatibility of non-audit services with the firm’s independence, and have discussed with the auditors the firm’s independence.
Based on the reviews and discussions referred to above, we have recommended to the Board of Directors that the financial statements referred to above be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Kevin M. Sheehan, Chair	  	Michael J. Griffith	  	Jonathan S. Halkyard	  	Alan J. Lacy	  	Kevin M. Mailender	
 
57

Table of Contents
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	

 	 	
(a) (1)	 	Financial Statements	
 	 	See Pages F-1 to F-22 of this Report.	
 	 	
(a) (2)	 	Financial Statement Schedules	
 	 	
 	 	None.	
 	 	
(a) (3)	 	See the Index to Exhibits attached hereto on Page E-1 for a list of all exhibits filed as part of this document.	
 
58

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 	 	 	 	DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.,
a Missouri Corporation	
 	 	 	 	
Date: May 1, 2014	 	 	 	By:	 	/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Brian A. Jenkins	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
 
59

Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we have signed in our indicated capacities on May 1, 2014.

Signature	  	Title	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Stephen M. King	  	Chief Executive Officer and Director	 	 	
 	 	Stephen M. King	  	(Principal Executive Officer)	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	  	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	
 	 	Brian A. Jenkins	  	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Tyler J. Wolfram	  	Chairman of the Board of Directors	 	 	
 	 	Tyler J. Wolfram	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ J. Taylor Crandall	  	Director	 	 	
 	 	J. Taylor Crandall	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Michael J. Griffith	  	Director	 	 	
 	 	Michael J. Griffith	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Jonathan S. Halkyard	  	Director	 	 	
 	 	Jonathan S. Halkyard	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ David A. Jones	  	Director	 	 	
 	 	David A. Jones	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Alan J. Lacy	  	Director	 	 	
 	 	Alan J. Lacy	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Kevin M. Mailender	  	Director	 	 	
 	 	Kevin M. Mailender	  	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Kevin M. Sheehan	  	Director	 	 	
 	 	Kevin M. Sheehan	  	 	 	 	
 
60

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholder
Dave & Buster’s, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013 and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2014, February 3, 2013, and January 29, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. and subsidiaries as of February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2014, February 3, 2013, and January 29, 2012 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
(signed) KPMG LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 28, 2014
 
F - 1

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share amounts)

 	  	February 2,	 	 	February 3,	 	
 	  	2014	 	 	2013	 	
ASSETS	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	38,080	  	 	$	36,117	  	
Inventories (Note 3)	  	 	15,354	  	 	 	14,849	  	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	9,620	  	 	 	9,371	  	
Deferred income taxes (Note 8)	  	 	15,985	  	 	 	18,209	  	
Income taxes receivable	  	 	2,444	  	 	 	1,120	  	
Other current assets	  	 	8,993	  	 	 	12,152	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	90,476	  	 	 	91,818	  	
Property and equipment (net of $195,339 and $139,457 accumulated depreciation as of February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013, respectively) (Note 4)	  	 	388,093	  	 	 	337,239	  	
Tradenames (Note 5)	  	 	79,000	  	 	 	79,000	  	
Goodwill (Note 5)	  	 	272,428	  	 	 	272,278	  	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	21,389	  	 	 	24,218	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	851,386	  	 	$	804,553	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current installments of long-term debt (Note 7)	  	$	1,500	  	 	$	1,500	  	
Accounts payable	  	 	36,092	  	 	 	23,878	  	
Accrued liabilities (Note 6)	  	 	74,379	  	 	 	67,124	  	
Income taxes payable	  	 	1,073	  	 	 	192	  	
Deferred income taxes (Note 8)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	189	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	113,044	  	 	 	92,883	  	
Deferred income taxes (Note 8)	  	 	24,415	  	 	 	24,887	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	81,743	  	 	 	69,544	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	15,599	  	 	 	12,684	  	
Long-term debt, less current installments, net of unamortized discount (Note 7)	  	 	342,325	  	 	 	343,579	  	
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholder’s equity:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 authorized; 100 issued and outstanding as of February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Preferred stock, 10,000,000 authorized; none issued	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Paid-in capital	  	 	248,136	  	 	 	246,929	  	
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	  	 	(167	) 	 	 	252	  	
Retained earnings	  	 	26,291	  	 	 	13,795	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholder’s equity	  	 	274,260	  	 	 	260,976	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	  	$	851,386	  	 	$	804,553	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F - 2

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	
 	  	February 2, 2014	 	 	February 3, 2013	 	 	January 29, 2012	 	
Food and beverage revenues	  	$	310,111	  	 	$	298,421	  	 	$	272,606	  	
Amusement and other revenues	  	 	325,468	  	 	 	309,646	  	 	 	268,939	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	  	 	635,579	  	 	 	608,067	  	 	 	541,545	  	
Cost of food and beverage	  	 	77,577	  	 	 	73,019	  	 	 	65,751	  	
Cost of amusement and other	  	 	47,437	  	 	 	46,098	  	 	 	41,417	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of products	  	 	125,014	  	 	 	119,117	  	 	 	107,168	  	
Operating payroll and benefits	  	 	150,172	  	 	 	145,571	  	 	 	130,875	  	
Other store operating expenses	  	 	199,537	  	 	 	192,792	  	 	 	175,993	  	
General and administrative expenses	  	 	36,440	  	 	 	40,356	  	 	 	34,896	  	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	66,337	  	 	 	63,457	  	 	 	54,277	  	
Pre-opening costs	  	 	7,040	  	 	 	3,060	  	 	 	4,186	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs	  	 	584,540	  	 	 	564,353	  	 	 	507,395	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	51,039	  	 	 	43,714	  	 	 	34,150	  	
Interest expense, net (Note 7)	  	 	31,311	  	 	 	33,075	  	 	 	32,516	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	19,728	  	 	 	10,639	  	 	 	1,634	  	
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (Note 8)	  	 	7,232	  	 	 	(7,358	) 	 	 	679	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	12,496	  	 	 	17,997	  	 	 	955	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized foreign currency translation gain (loss)	  	 	(419	) 	 	 	15	  	 	 	42	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income	  	$	12,077	  	 	$	18,012	  	 	$	997	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F - 3

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)

 	  	Common Stock	 	  	Paid-In	 	  	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive	 	 	Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Shares	 	  	Amount	 	  	Capital	 	  	Income (loss)	 	 	Deficit)	 	 	Total	 	
Balance January 30, 2011	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	$	244,792	  	  	$	195	  	 	$	(5,157	) 	 	$	239,830	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	955	  	 	 	955	  	
Unrealized foreign currency translation gain	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	42	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	42	  	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,038	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,038	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance January 29, 2012	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	245,830	  	  	 	237	  	 	 	(4,202	) 	 	 	241,865	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	17,997	  	 	 	17,997	  	
Unrealized foreign currency translation gain	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	15	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15	  	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,099	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,099	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance February 3, 2013	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	246,929	  	  	 	252	  	 	 	13,795	  	 	 	260,976	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	12,496	  	 	 	12,496	  	
Unrealized foreign currency translation loss	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(419	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(419	) 	
Stock-based compensation	  	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1,207	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,207	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance February 2, 2014	  	 	100	  	  	 	—  	  	  	$	248,136	  	  	$	(167	) 	 	$	26,291	  	 	$	274,260	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F - 4

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

 	  	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	
 	  	February 2,	 	 	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	
 	  	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2012	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	$	12,496	  	 	$	17,997	  	 	$	955	  	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	66,337	  	 	 	63,457	  	 	 	54,277	  	
Debt cost and discount amortization (Note 7)	  	 	2,572	  	 	 	2,528	  	 	 	2,329	  	
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) (Note 8)	  	 	1,849	  	 	 	(10,895	) 	 	 	271	  	
Loss on sale of fixed assets	  	 	2,631	  	 	 	2,638	  	 	 	1,279	  	
Stock-based compensation charges	  	 	1,207	  	 	 	1,099	  	 	 	1,038	  	
Business interruption reimbursement (Note 2)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,629	) 	
Other, net	  	 	675	  	 	 	17	  	 	 	1,189	  	
Changes in assets and liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Inventories	  	 	(505	) 	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	(609	) 	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	(107	) 	 	 	471	  	 	 	14	  	
Income tax receivable	  	 	(1,324	) 	 	 	(1,120	) 	 	 	5,861	  	
Other current assets	  	 	3,015	  	 	 	(8,461	) 	 	 	(1,561	) 	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	(364	) 	 	 	924	  	 	 	(401	) 	
Accounts payable	  	 	(1,774	) 	 	 	(96	) 	 	 	5,280	  	
Accrued liabilities	  	 	6,782	  	 	 	4,100	  	 	 	2,563	  	
Income taxes payable	  	 	291	  	 	 	(711	) 	 	 	(578	) 	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	12,214	  	 	 	6,691	  	 	 	4,089	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	3,963	  	 	 	4,166	  	 	 	(1,120	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	109,958	  	 	 	82,796	  	 	 	73,247	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	  	 	(105,894	) 	 	 	(78,689	) 	 	 	(72,946	) 	
Repurchase of parent shares from former executive	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,000	) 	
Insurance proceeds on Nashville property (Note 2)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	798	  	
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment	  	 	217	  	 	 	201	  	 	 	1,646	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(105,677	) 	 	 	(78,488	) 	 	 	(71,502	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repayments of senior secured credit facility	  	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	(1,875	) 	 	 	(1,500	) 	
Debt issuance costs	  	 	(818	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(968	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	  	 	(2,318	) 	 	 	(1,875	) 	 	 	(2,468	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	1,963	  	 	 	2,433	  	 	 	(723	) 	
Beginning cash and cash equivalents	  	 	36,117	  	 	 	33,684	  	 	 	34,407	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending cash and cash equivalents	  	$	38,080	  	 	$	36,117	  	 	$	33,684	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid (refunds received) for income taxes, net	  	$	2,151	  	 	$	2,515	  	 	$	(5,380	) 	
Cash paid for interest and related debt fees, net of amounts capitalized	  	$	29,096	  	 	$	32,435	  	 	$	30,723	  	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F - 5

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Note 1: Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Business — Dave & Buster’s, Inc., a Missouri corporation, owns, operates and licenses high-volume venues that combine dining and entertainment in North America for both adults and families. Our venues operate under the names “Dave & Buster’s” and “Dave & Buster’s Grand Sports Café.” As of February 2, 2014, there were 66 company-owned locations in the United States and Canada. Subsequent to February 2, 2014, we opened new stores in Westchester, California and Vernon Hills, Illinois. On May 31, 2013, our lone franchise store ceased operation as Dave & Buster’s. This change and the associated termination of the related franchise and development agreements did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. Dave & Buster’s, Inc. operates its business as one operating and one reportable segment. We operate on a 52 or 53 week fiscal year that ends on the Sunday after the Saturday closest to January 31. Each quarterly period has 13 weeks, except for a 53 week year when the fourth quarter has 14 weeks. Our fiscal year ended February 3, 2013 consisted of 53 weeks. All other fiscal years presented herein consist of 52 weeks.
Dave & Buster’s, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc. (“D&B Holdings”), a Delaware corporation. D&B Holdings is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. (“D&B Entertainment”), a Delaware corporation owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners III, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners III, L.P. (collectively the “Oak Hill Funds”) and certain members of the Board of Directors and management of Dave & Buster’s, Inc.
D&B Entertainment owns no other significant assets or operations other than the ownership of all the common stock of D&B Holdings. D&B Holdings owns no other significant assets or operations other than the ownership of all the common stock of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. References to “Dave & Buster’s,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” are references to Dave & Buster’s, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Basis of Presentation — The accompanying audited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States as prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The financial statements include our accounts after elimination of all significant intercompany balances and transactions. See discussion of advances/payables to D&B Entertainment under the “Related Party” section. All dollar amounts are presented in thousands, unless otherwise noted, except share amounts.
Seasonality — Our revenues and operations are influenced by seasonal shifts in consumer spending. Revenues associated with spring and year-end holidays during our first and fourth quarters have historically been higher as compared to the other quarters and will continue to be susceptible to the impact of severe spring and winter weather on customer traffic and sales during those periods. Our third quarter, which encompasses the end of the summer vacation season, has historically had lower revenues as compared to the other quarters.
Use of estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents —We consider transaction settlements in process from credit card companies and all highly liquid temporary investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Concentration of Credit Risk — Financial instruments which potentially subject us to a concentration of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents. We currently maintain our day-to-day operating cash balances with major financial institutions. At times, our operating cash balances may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limit. From time to time, we invest temporary excess cash in overnight investments with expected minimal volatility, such as money market funds. Although we maintain balances that exceed the FDIC insured limit, we have not experienced any losses related to this balance, and we believe credit risk to be minimal.
Inventories —Inventories of food, beverages, merchandise and other supplies needed for our food service and amusement operations are stated at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out method.
Deferred tax assets — A deferred income tax asset or liability is established for the expected future consequences resulting from temporary differences in the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. As of February 2, 2014, we had recorded $1,388 as a valuation allowance against a portion of our deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was
 
F - 6

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
established in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes. If we generate taxable income in future periods or if the facts and circumstances on which our estimates and assumptions are based were to change, thereby impacting the likelihood of realizing the deferred tax assets, judgment would have to be applied in determining the amount of valuation allowance no longer required or if an addition to the allowance would be required.
Property and equipment —Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to operations using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, which are as follows:

 	  	Estimated Depreciable
Lives (In Years)	
Buildings and building improvements	  	Shorter of 40 or expected
ground lease term	
Leasehold improvements	  	Shorter of 20 Or
expected lease term	
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	  	3-10	
Games	  	5-20	
Expenditures that substantially increase the useful lives of the property and equipment are capitalized, whereas costs incurred to maintain the appearance and functionality of such assets are charged to repair and maintenance expense. Interest costs incurred during construction are capitalized and depreciated based on the estimated useful life of the underlying asset.
We review our property and equipment annually, on a store-by-store basis to determine whether facts or circumstances exist that may indicate the carrying values of these long-lived assets are impaired. We compare store-level undiscounted operating cash flows (which excludes interest, general and administrative and other allocated expenses) to the carrying amount of property and equipment allocated to each store. If the expected future cash flows are less than the asset carrying amount (an indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable), we may recognize an impairment loss. Any impairment loss recognized equals the amount by which the asset carrying amount exceeds its fair value. We recognized an impairment loss of $200 during fiscal 2011 related to one of our stores in Dallas, Texas, which we permanently closed on May 2, 2011. No impairment charges were recognized in fiscal years 2013 or 2012.
Goodwill and other intangible assets —In accordance with accounting guidance for goodwill and other intangible assets, goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles, such as tradenames, are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment at least annually. We perform step one of the impairment test in our fourth quarter unless circumstances require this analysis to be completed sooner. Step one of the impairment test is based upon a comparison of the carrying value of our net assets, including goodwill balances, to the fair value of our net assets. Fair value is measured using a combination of the guideline company method, external transaction method, and the income approach. The guideline company method uses valuation multiples from selected publicly-traded companies that we believe are exposed to market forces that are similar to those faced by the Company. The external transaction method involves analyzing previous mergers or acquisitions involving private or public companies that are similar to the Company. The income approach consists of utilizing the discounted cash flow method that incorporates our estimates of future revenues and costs, discounted using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Key assumptions used in our testing include future store openings, revenue growth, operating expenses and discount rate. Estimates of revenue growth and operating expenses are based on internal projections considering our past performance and forecasted growth, market economics and the business environment impacting our Company’s performance. Discount rates are determined by using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACC considers market and industry data as well as company-specific risk factors. These estimates are highly subjective judgments and can be significantly impacted by changes in the business or economic conditions. Our estimates used in the income approach are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage operations. We evaluate all methods to ensure reasonably consistent results. Based on the completion of the step one test, we determined that goodwill was not impaired.
The evaluation of the carrying amount of other intangible assets with indefinite lives is made at least annually by comparing the carrying amount of these assets to their estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is generally determined on the basis of discounted future cash flows. If the estimated fair value is less than the carrying amount of the other intangible assets with indefinite lives, then an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the asset to its estimated fair value.
 
F - 7

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Based on our analysis, we determined that our intangible assets with an indefinite life, our tradename, was not impaired.
We have developed and acquired certain trademarks that are utilized in our business and have been determined to have finite lives. We also have intangible assets related to our non-compete agreements and customer relationships. These intangible assets are included in “Other assets and deferred charges” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and are amortized over their useful lives.
Deferred financing costs —The Company capitalizes costs incurred in connection with borrowings or establishment of credit facilities. These costs are included in “Other assets and deferred charges”, and are amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the life of the borrowing or life of the credit facility. In the case of early debt principal repayments, the Company adjusts the value of the corresponding deferred financing costs with a charge to interest expense, and similarly adjusts the future amortization expense. The following table details amounts relating to those assets:

 	  	Fiscal Year ended	 	 	Fiscal Year ended	 	 	Fiscal Year ended	 	
 	  	February 2, 2014	 	 	February 3, 2013	 	 	January 29, 2012	 	
Balance at beginning of period	  	$	7,959	  	 	$	10,200	  	 	$	11,312	  	
Additional deferred financing costs	  	 	726	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	968	  	
Amortization during period	  	 	(2,234	) 	 	 	(2,241	) 	 	 	(2,080	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at end of period	  	$	6,451	  	 	$	7,959	  	 	$	10,200	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Self-Insurance Accruals—We are self-insured for certain losses related to workers’ compensation claims, general liability matters and our company sponsored employee health insurance programs. We estimate the accrued liabilities for our self-insurance programs using historical claims experience and loss reserves, assisted by independent third-party actuaries. To limit our exposure to losses, we maintain stop-loss coverage through third-party insurers.
Comprehensive income (loss) —Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. In addition to net income, unrealized foreign currency translation gain (loss) is included in comprehensive income (loss). Unrealized translation loss for fiscal 2013 was $419. Unrealized translation gains for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 were $15, and $42, respectively.
Foreign currency translation—The financial statements related to the operations of our Toronto store are prepared in Canadian dollars. Income statement amounts are translated at average exchange rates for each period, while the assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates. Translation adjustments for assets and liabilities are included in stockholder’s equity as a component of comprehensive income (loss).
Fair Value Disclosures— Fair value is defined as the price that we would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In determining fair value, GAAP establishes a three-level hierarchy used in measuring fair value, as follows:
 
 	•	 	Level 1 inputs are quoted prices available for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.	
 
 	•	 	Level 2 inputs are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.	
 
 	•	 	Level 3 inputs are less observable and reflect our own assumptions.	
Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, our senior secured credit facility, and our senior notes. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates fair value because of their short maturities. We believe that the carrying amount of our term credit facility approximates its fair value because the interest rates are adjusted regularly based on current market conditions. The fair value disclosures for our senior notes are presented in Note 7.
We may adjust the carrying amount of certain nonfinancial assets to fair value on a non-recurring basis when they are impaired. No such adjustments were made in fiscal year 2013 or 2012.
 
F - 8

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Share-based expense— The expense associated with share-based equity awards granted as more fully described in Note 10 have been calculated as required by current accounting standards related to stock compensation. The grant date fair values of the options granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been determined based on the option pricing method prescribed in AICPA Practice Aid,  Valuation of privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The expected term of the options were based on the weighted average of anticipated exercise dates. Since we do not have publicly traded equity securities, the volatility of our options has been estimated using peer group volatility information. The risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to the expected term. The significant assumptions used in determining the underlying fair value of the weighted-average options granted in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 	  	Fiscal 2013	 	 	Fiscal 2012	 	 	Fiscal 2011	 	
 	  	Service	 	 	Performance	 	 	Service	 	 	Performance	 	 	Service	 	 	Performance	 	
 	  	Based	 	 	Based	 	 	Based	 	 	Based	 	 	Based	 	 	Based	 	
Volatility	  	 	48.2	% 	 	 	47.0	% 	 	 	44.7	% 	 	 	50.0	% 	 	 	55.0	% 	 	 	55.0	% 	
Risk free interest rate	  	 	1.15	% 	 	 	1.06	% 	 	 	0.78	% 	 	 	0.33	% 	 	 	1.46	% 	 	 	1.47	% 	
Expected dividend yield	  	 	0.00	% 	 	 	0.00	% 	 	 	0.00	% 	 	 	0.00	% 	 	 	0.00	% 	 	 	0.00	% 	
Expected term – in years	  	 	6.5	  	 	 	6.5	  	 	 	4.9	  	 	 	3.0	  	 	 	4.0	  	 	 	4.0	  	
Weighted average calculated value	  	$	1,060.88	  	 	 	$937.00	  	 	 	$545.76	  	 	 	$506.15	  	 	 	$220.59	  	 	 	$117.98	  	
The options granted in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been issued pursuant to the terms of the Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan (“2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan”). The 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan allows the granting of nonqualified stock options to members of management, outside board members and consultants. Grantees may receive (i) time vesting options, which vest ratably on the first through fifth anniversary of the date of grant and/or (ii) performance vesting options which include Adjusted EBITDA vesting options that vest over a prescribed time period based on D&B Entertainment meeting certain profitability targets for each fiscal year and IRR vesting options which vest upon a change in control of D&B Entertainment if the Oak Hill Fund’s internal rate of return is greater than or equal to certain percentages set forth in the applicable option agreement, in each case subject to the grantee’s continued employment with or service to D&B Entertainment or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination).
Revenue recognition —Food and beverage revenues are recorded at point of service. Amusement revenues consist primarily of game play credits on Power Cards purchased and used by customers to activate most of the video and redemption games in our midway. Amusement revenues are primarily recognized upon utilization of these game play credits. We have recognized a liability for the estimated amount of unused game play credits which we believe our guests will utilize in the future based on credits remaining on Power Cards, historic utilization patterns and revenue per game play credit sold.
Amusements costs of products —Certain midway games allow guests to earn coupons, which may be redeemed for prizes. The cost of these prizes is included in the cost of amusement products and is generally recorded when coupons are utilized by the customer by redeeming the coupons for a prize in our “Winner’s Circle.” Customers may also store the coupon value on a Power Card for future redemption. We have accrued a liability for the estimated amount of outstanding coupons that we believe will be redeemed in subsequent periods based on coupons outstanding, historic redemption patterns and the estimated redemption cost of products per coupon.
Advertising costs —Advertising costs are recorded as an expense in the period in which we incur the costs or the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs expensed were $27,475, $28,502 and $26,612 fiscal year 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
Lease accounting —Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The lease term commences on the date when we take possession and have the right to control the use of the leased premises. The lease term includes the initial non-cancelable lease term plus any periods covered by renewal options that we consider reasonably assured of exercising. The difference between rent payments and rent expense in any period is recorded as “Deferred occupancy costs” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Construction allowances we receive from the lessor to reimburse us for the cost of leasehold improvements are recorded as “Deferred occupancy costs” and amortized as a reduction of rent over the term of the lease.
We had construction allowance receivables of $5,677 and $8,893 as of February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013, respectively, related to our new store openings. Such balances are included in “Other current assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. All receivable amounts are expected to be collected.
 
F - 9

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Related party transaction —We have an expense reimbursement agreement with Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. Pursuant to this agreement, Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC provides general advice to us in connection with our long-term strategic plans, financial management, strategic transactions and other business matters. The expense reimbursement agreement provides for the reimbursement of certain expenses of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC. The initial term of the expense reimbursement agreement expires in June 2015 and after that date such agreement will renew automatically on a year-to-year basis unless one party gives at least 30 days’ prior notice of its intention not to renew. We incurred expenses of $722 during fiscal 2013, $799 during fiscal 2012, and $860 during fiscal 2011 under the terms of the expense reimbursement agreement.
We expensed charges related to the expense reimbursement agreement described above, during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 of approximately $201, $361 and $522, respectively, related to the acquisition of Dave & Buster’s directed by the Oak Hill Funds.
We made payments of $235, $235 and $0 in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, to two board members who serve as advisors to the Oak Hill Funds.
From time to time we temporarily advance funds to D&B Entertainment for payment of expenditures for its corporate purposes. Additionally, we owe D&B entertainment for certain tax-related matters. We had a net payable of $6,907 and $3,349 as of February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013, respectively. The fiscal 2013 payable balance includes $6,411 related to income taxes which is included in “Other liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. In fiscal 2012, we recognized approximately $2,940 of cost related to the withdrawn initial public offering of D&B Entertainment common stock. The expenses related to this transaction were pushed down to the Company as the funds from the offering were to have been substantially used to reduce the Company’s senior notes.
Pre-opening costs —Pre-opening costs include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores, including the cost of feasibility studies, pre-opening rent, training and recruiting and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. All pre-opening costs are expensed as incurred.
Income taxes — We are a member of a consolidated group that includes D&B Entertainment and we file consolidated returns with all our domestic subsidiaries. We use the asset/liability method for recording income taxes, which recognizes the amount of current and deferred taxes payable or refundable at the date of the financial statements as a result of all events that are recognized in the financial statements and as measured by the provisions of enacted tax laws. We also recognize liabilities for uncertain income tax positions for those items that meet the “more likely than not” threshold.
The calculation of tax liabilities involves significant judgment and evaluation of uncertainties in the interpretation of federal and state tax regulations. As a result, we have established accruals for taxes that may become payable in future years as a result of audits by tax authorities. Tax accruals are reviewed regularly pursuant to accounting guidance for uncertainty in income taxes. Tax accruals are adjusted as events occur that affect the potential liability for taxes such as the expiration of statutes of limitations, conclusion of tax audits, identification of additional exposure based on current calculations, identification of new issues, or the issuance of statutory or administrative guidance or rendering of a court decision affecting a particular issue. Accordingly, we may experience significant changes in tax accruals in the future, if or when such events occur.
As of February 2, 2014, we have accrued approximately $767 of unrecognized tax benefits, including approximately $291 of penalties and interest. During fiscal 2013, we recognized approximately $5 of tax benefits and an additional $1 of benefits related to penalties and interest based upon lapsing of time and settlement with taxing jurisdictions. Future recognition of potential interest or penalties, if any, will be recorded as a component of income tax expense. Because of the impact of deferred income tax accounting, $349 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting Guidance Adopted— In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU’) No. 2012-02, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment”. The revised standard is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of testing indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment. It allows companies to perform a “qualitative” assessment to determine whether further impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary, similar in approach to the goodwill impairment test. This amendment is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. We review our intangible assets for impairment in our fourth quarter unless circumstances require this analysis to be completed sooner. The adoption of ASU No. 2012-02 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
F - 10

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” which requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. This guidance requires the disclosure of significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income and the income statement line items affected by the reclassification. ASU No. 2013-02 is effective for the Company prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-02 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted— In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” This amendment requires an unrecognized tax benefit related to a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward to be presented as a reduction to a deferred tax asset, unless the tax benefit is not available at the reporting date to settle any additional income taxes under the tax law of the applicable tax jurisdiction. The amendment is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the provisions of ASU No. 2013-11 to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Note 2: Casualty loss
On May 2, 2010, flooding occurred in Nashville, Tennessee, causing considerable damage to our Nashville store and the retail mall where our store is located. The store is covered by up to $25,000 in property and business interruption insurance subject to an overall deductible of one thousand dollars.
During fiscal 2011, we recorded $3,215 as a reduction to “Other store operating expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations related to the recovery of business interruption losses from our insurance carrier, of which $1,629 was received in fiscal 2010. Additionally, during fiscal 2011, we have received $2,414 from our insurance carrier which settled in full the casualty related receivables we recorded in 2010. $798 of the funds received relates to property and equipment, $156 relates to inventories, $778 relates to pre-opening costs, and $682 relates to remediation expenses and other costs incurred as a result of the flood. The build-out of our leased facility was completed prior to January 29, 2012, and our landlord delivered to us assets with a fair value of $2,443, which resulted in a gain that we recorded in “Other store operating expenses” of $955. As of January 29, 2012, all casualty related receivables have been collected and we expect no further collections related to this casualty loss. The store reopened on November 28, 2011.
Note 3: Inventories
Inventories consist of the following:

 	  	February 2,	 	  	February 3,	 	
 	  	2014	 	  	2013	 	
Operating store—food and beverage	  	$	3,961	  	  	$	3,581	  	
Operating store—amusement	  	 	6,214	  	  	 	6,125	  	
Corporate supplies, warehouse and other	  	 	5,179	  	  	 	5,143	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
 	  	$	15,354	  	  	$	14,849	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Amusement inventory includes electronic equipment, stuffed animals and small novelty items used as redemption prizes for certain midway games, as well as supplies needed for midway operations.
 
F - 11

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Note 4: Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following:

 	  	February 2,	 	 	February 3,	 	
 	  	2014	 	 	2013	 	
Buildings and building improvements	  	$	14,176	  	 	$	13,919	  	
Leasehold improvements	  	 	330,641	  	 	 	288,555	  	
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	  	 	117,194	  	 	 	93,693	  	
Games	  	 	88,310	  	 	 	73,094	  	
Construction in progress	  	 	33,111	  	 	 	7,435	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost	  	 	583,432	  	 	 	476,696	  	
Accumulated depreciation	  	 	(195,339	) 	 	 	(139,457	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property and equipment, net	  	$	388,093	  	 	$	337,239	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest costs capitalized during the construction of facilities were $602 for fiscal 2013, $510 for fiscal 2012, and $759 for fiscal 2011.
Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. Depreciation expense totaled $64,933 for fiscal 2013, $61,957 for fiscal 2012, and $52,623 for fiscal 2011.
Note 5: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013 are as follows:

 	  	Gross Amount	 	
Goodwill Balance at January 29, 2012	  	$	272,286	  	
Foreign exchange differences	  	 	(8	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Goodwill Balance at February 3, 2013	  	 	272,278	  	
Foreign exchange differences	  	 	150	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Goodwill Balance at February 2, 2014	  	$	272,428	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The following table presents our goodwill and intangible assets at February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013:

 	  	 	  	February 2, 2014	 	 	February 3, 2013	 	
 	  	 	  	Gross Carrying	 	  	Accumulated	 	 	Gross Carrying	 	  	Accumulated	 	
 	  	Useful Lives	  	Amount	 	  	Amortization	 	 	Amount	 	  	Amortization	 	
Not subject to amortization:	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Goodwill	  	 	  	$	272,428	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	272,278	  	  	$	—  	  	
Tradenames	  	 	  	 	79,000	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	79,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total not subject to amortization	  	 	  	 	351,428	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	351,278	  	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Subject to amortization:	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trademarks	  	7 years	  	 	8,500	  	  	 	(4,471	) 	 	 	8,500	  	  	 	(3,255	) 	
Customer relationships	  	9 years	  	 	1,700	  	  	 	(694	) 	 	 	1,700	  	  	 	(506	) 	
Non-compete agreements	  	2 years	  	 	500	  	  	 	(500	) 	 	 	500	  	  	 	(500	) 	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total subject to amortization	  	 	  	 	10,700	  	  	 	(5,665	) 	 	 	10,700	  	  	 	(4,261	) 	
 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total goodwill and intangibles	  	 	  	$	362,128	  	  	$	(5,665	) 	 	$	361,978	  	  	$	(4,261	) 	

F - 12

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The remaining weighted-average amortization period for intangibles subject to amortization is 3.7 years. Amortization expense was $1,404, $1,500, and $1,654 for the fiscal year 2013, the fiscal year 2012, and the fiscal year 2011, respectively. Estimated amortization expense relating to intangible assets subject to amortization for each of the five succeeding years and beyond is as follows:

 	  	Amortization	 	
 	  	Expense	 	
2014	  	$	1,399	  	
2015	  	 	1,399	  	
2016	  	 	1,399	  	
2017	  	 	588	  	
2018	  	 	188	  	
Thereafter	  	 	62	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total future amortization expense	  	$	5,035	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Note 6: Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 	  	February 2, 2014	 	  	February 3, 2013	 	
Compensation and benefits	  	$	14,459	  	  	$	15,205	  	
Deferred amusement revenue	  	 	14,047	  	  	 	11,675	  	
Amusement redemption liability	  	 	9,707	  	  	 	7,144	  	
Rent	  	 	9,040	  	  	 	8,902	  	
Deferred gift card revenue	  	 	4,709	  	  	 	4,028	  	
Sales and use taxes	  	 	4,408	  	  	 	4,282	  	
Interest	  	 	4,214	  	  	 	4,242	  	
Current portion of long-term insurance reserves	  	 	3,358	  	  	 	3,000	  	
Property taxes	  	 	3,159	  	  	 	2,884	  	
Other	  	 	7,278	  	  	 	5,762	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total accrued liabilities	  	$	74,379	  	  	$	67,124	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Note 7: Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 	  	February 2, 2014	 	 	February 3, 2013	 	
Senior secured credit facility—term	  	$	144,375	  	 	$	145,875	  	
Senior notes	  	 	200,000	  	 	 	200,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt outstanding	  	 	344,375	  	 	 	345,875	  	
Unamortized debt discount	  	 	(550	) 	 	 	(796	) 	
Less current installments	  	 	(1,500	) 	 	 	(1,500	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt, less current installments, net of unamortized discount	  	$	342,325	  	 	$	343,579	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Senior Secured Credit Facility
Our senior secured credit facility provides (a) a $150,000 term loan facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2016, and (b) a $50,000 revolving credit facility with a maturity date of June 1, 2015. The $50,000 revolving credit facility includes (i) a $20,000 letter of credit sub-facility (ii) a $5,000 swingline sub-facility and (iii) a $1,000 (in US Dollar equivalent) sub-facility available in Canadian dollars to the Canadian subsidiary. The revolving credit facility will be used to provide financing for
 
F - 13

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
general purposes. The Company originally received proceeds on the term loan facility of $148,500, net of a $1,500 discount. The discount is being amortized to interest expense over the life of the term loan facility. As of February 2, 2014, we had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility, borrowings of $144,375 ($143,825, net of discount) under the term facility and $5,670 in letters of credit outstanding. We believe that the carrying amount of our term credit facility approximates its fair value because the interest rates are adjusted regularly based on current market conditions. The interest rate on the term loan facility at February 2, 2014 was 4.5%. The fair value of the Company’s senior secured credit facility was determined to be a Level Two instrument as defined by GAAP.
The interest rates per annum applicable to loans, other than swingline loans, under our senior secured credit facility are currently set based on a defined Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin. Swingline loans bear interest at a base rate plus an applicable margin.
The senior secured credit facility requires compliance with financial covenants including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test and a maximum leverage ratio test. The Company is required to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.15:1.00 and a maximum leverage ratio of 4.00:1.00 as of February 2, 2014. The financial covenants will become more restrictive over time. The required minimum fixed charge coverage ratio increases annually to a required ratio of 1.30:1.00 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014 and thereafter. The maximum leverage ratio decreases annually to a required ratio of 3.25:1.00 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014 and thereafter. In addition, the senior secured credit facility includes negative covenants restricting or limiting, D&B Holdings, Dave & Buster’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and sell or acquire assets. Virtually all of the Company’s assets are pledged as collateral for the senior secured credit facility.
On May 13, 2011, the Company executed an amendment (the “Amendment”) to the senior secured credit facility. The Amendment reduced the applicable term loan margins and LIBOR floor used in setting interest rates, as well as limited the Company’s requirement to meet the covenant ratios, as stipulated in the Amendment, until such time as we make a draw on our revolving credit facility or issue letters of credit in excess of $12,000. As of February 2, 2014, we have had no draws on our revolving credit facility and outstanding letters of credit have not exceeded $12,000, and as such we were not required to maintain financial ratios under our senior secured credit facility.
On May 14, 2013, the Company executed a second amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the senior secured credit facility. The primary modification included in the Second Amendment is a reduction in the applicable term loan margin based on a consolidated leverage ratio greater than or equal to 2.75:1.00. If our consolidated leverage ratio is less than 2.75:1.00, the applicable term loan margin will be reduced for periods subsequent to fiscal 2013. As of February 2, 2014, our consolidated leverage was 2.55:1.00.
Our senior secured credit facility also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross-acceleration to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended from time to time (“ERISA”), material judgments, actual or asserted failures of any guarantee or security document supporting the senior secured credit facility to be in full force and effect and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facility would be entitled to take various actions, including acceleration of amounts due under the senior secured credit facility and all other actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
Funds managed by Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. (the “OHA Funds”) comprise one of twenty-two creditors participating in the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility. As of February 2, 2014, the OHA Funds held approximately 9.97%, or $14,394, of our total term loan obligation. Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. is an independent investment firm that is not an affiliate of the Oak Hill Funds and is not under common control with the Oak Hill Funds. Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. and an affiliate of Oak Hill Capital Management, LLC co-manage Oak Hill Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., a private fund. Certain employees of the Oak Hill Funds, in their individual capacities, have passive investments in Oak Hill Advisors, L.P. and/or the funds it manages.
Senior notes —Our senior notes are general unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company and mature on June 1, 2018. Interest on the notes is paid semi-annually and accrues at the rate of 11.0% per annum. On or after June 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all, or from time-to-time, a part of the senior notes at redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) ranging from 105.5% to 100.0% plus accrued and unpaid interest. As of February 2, 2014, our $200,000 of senior notes had an approximate fair value of $214,500 based on quoted market price. The fair value of the Company’s senior notes was considered to be Level One instruments as defined by GAAP.
 
F - 14

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
The senior notes restrict the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness, outside of the senior secured credit facility, unless the consolidated coverage ratio exceeds 2.00:1.00 or other financial and operational requirements are met. Additionally, the terms of the notes restrict the Company’s ability to make certain payments to affiliated entities. The Company was in compliance with the debt covenants as of February 2, 2014.
Future debt obligations —The following table sets forth our future debt payment obligations (excluding repayment obligations under the revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility).

 	  	Debt Outstanding	 	
 	  	as of February 2,	 	
 	  	2014	 	
1 year or less	  	$	1,500	  	
2 years	  	 	1,500	  	
3 years	  	 	141,375	  	
4 years	  	 	—  	  	
5 years	  	 	200,000	  	
Thereafter	  	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total future payments	  	$	344,375	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
The following table sets forth our recorded interest expense, net:

 	  	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	 	Fiscal Year	 	
 	  	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	 	Ended	 	
 	  	February 2,	 	 	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	
 	  	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2012	 	
Debt-based interest expense	  	$	29,675	  	 	$	31,393	  	 	$	31,313	  	
Amortization of issuance cost and discount	  	 	2,572	  	 	 	2,528	  	 	 	2,329	  	
Interest income	  	 	(334	) 	 	 	(336	) 	 	 	(367	) 	
Less capitalized interest	  	 	(602	) 	 	 	(510	) 	 	 	(759	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total interest expense, net	  	$	31,311	  	 	$	33,075	  	 	$	32,516	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Note 8: Income Taxes
The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:

 	  	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	  	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	
 	  	February 2,	 	  	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	
 	  	2014	 	  	2013	 	 	2012	 	
Current expense	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	  	$	3,531	  	  	$	2,845	  	 	$	—  	  	
Foreign	  	 	97	  	  	 	361	  	 	 	(175	) 	
State and local	  	 	1,755	  	  	 	331	  	 	 	583	  	
Deferred expense (benefit)	  	 	1,849	  	  	 	(10,895	) 	 	 	271	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	$	7,232	  	  	$	(7,358	) 	 	$	679	  	

F - 15

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Significant components of the deferred tax liabilities and assets in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 	  	February 2,	 	 	February 3,	 	
 	  	2014	 	 	2013	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trademark/trade name	  	$	31,578	  	 	$	31,928	  	
Property and equipment	  	 	4,102	  	 	 	963	  	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	232	  	 	 	189	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	  	 	35,912	  	 	 	33,080	  	
Deferred tax assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred revenue and ticket redemption	  	 	9,540	  	 	 	7,252	  	
Leasing transactions	  	 	5,585	  	 	 	3,838	  	
State net operating loss carryovers	  	 	3,495	  	 	 	3,444	  	
Workers’ compensation and general liability insurance	  	 	3,429	  	 	 	3,666	  	
Accrued liabilities	  	 	1,985	  	 	 	2,770	  	
Deferred compensation	  	 	1,610	  	 	 	1,140	  	
Tax credit carryovers	  	 	719	  	 	 	3,227	  	
Smallware supplies	  	 	714	  	 	 	713	  	
Indirect benefit of unrecognized tax benefits	  	 	225	  	 	 	216	  	
Other	  	 	1,568	  	 	 	1,391	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets	  	 	28,870	  	 	 	27,657	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets – US	  	 	(1,388	) 	 	 	(1,158	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance	  	 	27,482	  	 	 	26,499	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax liability	  	$	8,430	  	 	$	6,581	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The Net deferred tax liability is presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

 	  	February 2,	 	  	February 3,	 	
 	  	2014	 	  	2013	 	
Deferred income taxes—current	  	$	15,985	  	  	$	18,209	  	
Other assets and deferred charge	  	 	—  	  	  	 	286	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets	  	 	15,985	  	  	 	18,495	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Deferred income taxes—current	  	 	—  	  	  	 	189	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	24,415	  	  	 	24,887	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	  	 	24,415	  	  	 	25,076	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax liability	  	$	8,430	  	  	$	6,581	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
At February 2, 2014, we had a valuation allowance of $1,388 against our deferred tax assets. The ultimate realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which temporary differences become deductible. In assessing the realizability of our deferred tax assets, at February 2, 2014 we considered whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on the level of recent historical taxable income; consistent generation of annual taxable income, and estimations of future taxable income we have concluded that it is more likely than not that we will realize the federal tax benefits associated with our deferred tax assets. We assessed the realizability of the deferred tax assets associated with state taxes, foreign taxes and uncertain tax positions and have concluded that it is more likely than not that we will realize a portion of these benefits. Accordingly, we have increased our previously established valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets for state taxes and uncertain tax positions by $230.
 
F - 16

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
As of February 2, 2014, we had available $670 of AMT credit carryovers. AMT credits can be carried forward indefinitely. As of February 2, 2014, we have fully utilized our federal net operating loss carryforwards. Generally, state net operating losses can be carried forward 20 years. State net operating loss carryforwards do not begin to expire until 2022. As of February 2, 2014, we could not conclude that it was more likely than not that all of our state net operating loss carryforwards, when considered on a state by state basis, will be fully utilized prior to their expiration. The Company has a valuation allowance of $1,200 related to state net operating loss carryforwards.
The State of Texas has enacted legislation which established a tax based on taxable margin. As a result of the legislation and in accordance with accounting guidance for income taxes, we recorded an income tax expense of $246, $269 and $228 for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2014, February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012, respectively.
We currently anticipate that approximately $46 of unrecognized tax benefits will be settled through federal and state audits or will be recognized as a result of the expiration of statute of limitations during fiscal 2014. Future recognition of potential interest or penalties, if any, will be recorded as a component of income tax expense. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, $349 of unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
We file income tax returns, which are periodically audited by various federal, state and foreign jurisdictions. We are generally no longer subject to federal, state, or foreign income tax examinations for years prior to 2009. In fiscal 2011 the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for fiscal 2009. As of February 2, 2014, the audit has been closed and the examination resulted in an immaterial change related to tax inventory carrying value.
The change in unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest, penalties and related income tax benefits were as follows:

 	  	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	
 	  	February 2,	 	 	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	
 	  	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2012	 	
Balance at beginning of year	  	$	471	  	 	$	940	  	 	$	881	  	
Additions for tax positions of prior years	  	 	176	  	 	 	108	  	 	 	118	  	
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	  	 	(32	) 	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Settlements	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(576	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Lapse of statute of limitations	  	 	(139	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(59	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at end of year	  	$	476	  	 	$	471	  	 	$	940	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As of February 2, 2014 and February 3, 2013, the accrued interest and penalties on the unrecognized tax benefits were $291 and $290, respectively, excluding any related income tax benefits. The Company recorded accrued interest related to the unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as a component of the provision for income taxes recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective income tax rate follows:

 	  	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year
Ended	 	
 	  	February 2,	 	 	February 3,	 	 	January 29,	 	
 	  	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2012	 	
Federal corporate statutory rate	  	 	35.0	% 	 	 	35.0	% 	 	 	35.0	% 	
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit	  	 	7.0	% 	 	 	1.9	% 	 	 	(8.6	)% 	
Foreign taxes	  	 	1.3	% 	 	 	(0.3	)% 	 	 	(7.9	)% 	
Nondeductible expenses	  	 	4.1	% 	 	 	8.7	% 	 	 	46.6	% 	
Tax credits	  	 	(12.3	)% 	 	 	(24.2	)% 	 	 	(132.4	)% 	
Valuation allowance	  	 	1.2	% 	 	 	(94.8	)% 	 	 	51.5	% 	
Change in reserve	  	 	—  	% 	 	 	(12.1	)% 	 	 	13.8	% 	
Other	  	 	0.3	% 	 	 	16.7	% 	 	 	43.6	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effective tax rate	  	 	36.6	% 	 	 	(69.1	)% 	 	 	41.6	% 	

F - 17

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Note 9: Leases
We lease certain property and equipment under various non-cancelable operating leases. Some of the leases include options for renewal or extension on various terms. Most of the leases require us to pay property taxes, insurance and maintenance of the leased assets. Certain leases also have provisions for additional contingent rentals based on revenues. For fiscal 2013, rent expense for operating leases was $54,450, including contingent rentals of $2,858. For fiscal 2012, rent expense for operating leases was $50,561, including contingent rentals of $2,620. For fiscal 2011, rent expense for operating leases was $47,342, including contingent rentals of $2,310. At February 2, 2014 future minimum lease payments, including any periods covered by renewal options we are reasonably assured of exercising (including the sale/leaseback transactions described below), are:

2014	 	 	2015	 	 	2016	 	 	2017	 	 	2018	 	 	Thereafter	 	 	Total	 	
$	  57,024	  	 	$	  56,068	  	 	$	  54,947	  	 	$	  53,125	  	 	$	  49,603	  	 	$	  284,780	  	 	$	  555,547	  	
At February 2, 2014, we also had lease commitments on equipment as follows:

2014	 	 	2015	 	 	2016	 	 	2017	 	 	2018	 	 	Thereafter	 	 	Total	 	
$	  797	  	 	$	  606	  	 	$	  167	  	 	$	  14	  	 	$	  —  	  	 	$	  —  	  	 	$	  1,584	  	
We have signed operating lease agreements for our stores located in Westchester, California and Vernon Hills, Illinois which opened in February and March 2014 respectively, and a future site in Panama City Beach, Florida which is expected to open in the second quarter of fiscal 2014. The landlord has fulfilled the obligations to commit us to the lease terms under these agreements and therefore, the future obligations related to these locations are included in the table above. Lease obligations related to the Company’s location in Bethesda, Maryland have also been included in the table above. See Note 13, “Subsequent events” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of events pertaining to the Bethesda, Maryland location.
As of February 2, 2014 we have signed eleven additional lease agreements for future sites. Our commitments under these agreements are contingent upon among other things, the landlord’s delivery of access to the premises for construction. Future obligations related to these agreements are not included in the table above. Subsequent to February 2, 2014, future sites in Los Angeles, CA and Manchester, CT were delivered by their respective landlords resulting in future commitments of approximately $38,000.
During 2000 and 2001, we completed the sale/leaseback of three stores and the corporate headquarters. Cash proceeds of $24,774 were received along with twenty-year notes aggregating $6,750. The notes bear interest of 7% to 7.5%. At the end of fiscal years 2013 and 2012, the aggregate balance of the notes receivable due from the lessors under the sale/leaseback agreements was $2,936 and $3,201, respectively. Future minimum principal and interest payments due to us under these notes are as follows:

2014	 	 	2015	 	 	2016	 	 	2017	 	 	2018	 	 	Thereafter	 	 	Total	 	
$	  489	  	 	$	  489	  	 	$	  489	  	 	$	  489	  	 	$	  489	  	 	$	  1,424	  	 	$	  3,869	  	
Note 10: Common Stock
Stock Option Plans-Successor
In June 2010 the members of D&B Entertainment board of directors approved the adoption of the 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan. The 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan provides for the granting of options to acquire stock in D&B Entertainment to certain of our employees, outside directors and consultants. The options are subject to either time-based vesting or performance-based vesting. Options granted under the 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan terminate on the ten-year anniversary of the grants.
The various options provided for in the 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan are as follows, in each case subject to the grantees continued employment with or service to D&B Entertainment or its subsidiaries (subject to certain conditions in the event of grantee termination):
 
F - 18

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Service-based options
These options contain a service-based (or time-based) vesting provision, whereby the options will vest annually in five equal amounts. Upon sale of the Company or completion of an initial public offering, all service-based options will fully vest.
Performance-based options
These options contain various performance-based vesting provisions depending on the type of performance option granted. Adjusted EBITDA vesting options vest over a prescribed time period based on D&B Entertainment meeting certain profitability targets for each fiscal year during the vesting period. Adjusted EBITDA vesting options also vest upon a D&B Entertainment change of control provided that internal rate of return (IRR) conditions stipulated by the Oak Hill Funds are met. IRR vesting options vest upon a change in control of D&B Entertainment if the Oak Hill Fund’s internal rate of return is greater than or equal to certain percentages set forth in the applicable option agreement. Any options that have not vested prior to a change of control or do not vest in connection with a change of control will be forfeited by the grantee upon a change of control for no consideration.
Transactions during fiscal year 2013 under the 2010 D&B Entertainment Incentive Plan were as follows:

 	  	Service based options	 	  	Performance based options	 	
 	  	 	 	 	Weighted	 	  	 	 	 	Weighted	 	
 	  	Number	 	 	Average	 	  	Number	 	 	Average	 	
 	  	of Options	 	 	Exercise Price	 	  	of Options	 	 	Exercise Price	 	
Options outstanding at beginning of year	  	 	4,966	  	 	$	1,056	  	  	 	12,162	  	 	$	1,015	  	
Granted	  	 	1,012	  	 	 	1,963	  	  	 	75	  	 	 	2,233	  	
Exercised	  	 	(44	) 	 	 	1,000	  	  	 	(36	) 	 	 	1,000	  	
Forfeited	  	 	(141	) 	 	 	1,135	  	  	 	(241	) 	 	 	1,000	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options outstanding at end of year	  	 	5,793	  	 	 	1,213	  	  	 	11,960	  	 	 	1,023	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options exercisable at end of year	  	 	2,620	  	 	$	1,060	  	  	 	3,333	  	 	$	1,046	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
We recorded share-based compensation expense related to our stock option plan of $1,207, $1,099 and $1,038 during the fiscal year ended February 2, 2014, February 3, 2013 and January 29, 2012 respectively. The unrecognized expense related to our stock option plan totaled approximately $1,504 as of February 2, 2014 and will be expensed over a weighted average 1.6 years. The weighted average grant date fair value per option granted in fiscal year 2013 was $1,052. The average remaining term for all options outstanding at February 2, 2014 is 6.6 years.
In the event that vesting of the previously unvested options is accelerated for any reason, the remaining unamortized share-based compensation would be accelerated. In addition, assumptions made regarding forfeitures in determining the remaining unamortized share-based compensation would be re-evaluated to determine if additional share-based compensation expense would be required for any changes in the underlying assumptions.
Other Information – Related Party Transactions
On January 6, 2014, a former member of management exercised his option to purchase eighty shares of common stock at a strike price of $1,000. D&B Entertainment issued new shares in satisfaction of this exercise. Proceeds from the exercise were allocated to the Company in anticipation of future expenses.
As of February 2, 2014, the Oak Hill Funds control approximately 95.4% and certain members of our Board of Directors and management control approximately 4.5% of the outstanding common stock of D&B Entertainment. The remaining 0.1% is owned by a former member of management.
Note 11: Employee Benefit Plan
We sponsor a plan to provide retirement benefits under the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plan”) for all employees who have completed a specified term of service. Our contributions may range from 0% to 100% of employee contributions, up to a maximum of 6% of eligible employee compensation, as defined by the 401(k) Plan.
 
F - 19

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Employees may elect to contribute up to 50% of their eligible compensation on a pretax basis. Benefits under the 401(k) Plan are limited to the assets of the 401(k) Plan. Expenses related to our contributions to the 401(k) Plan were $370, $382, and $273 for fiscal 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.
Note 12: Contingencies
We are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business. In the opinion of management, based upon consultation with legal counsel, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such legal proceedings and claims will not materially affect the consolidated results of our operations or our financial condition.
We are subject to the terms of a settlement agreement with the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) that requires us, on an ongoing basis, to establish, implement, and maintain a comprehensive information security program that is reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality, and integrity of personal information collected from or about consumers. The agreement does not require us to pay any fines or other monetary assessments and we do not believe that the terms of the agreement will have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, or financial performance.
Note 13: Subsequent events
On November 14, 2013, the Company filed a complaint in federal court seeking declaratory and injunctive relief related to actions taken by a landlord attempting to terminate the lease agreement for our store in Bethesda, Maryland. The landlord has alleged that the Company is in default of certain lease agreement provisions which restrict our ability to operate other Dave & Buster’s facilities within a prescribed distance of the Bethesda location. We believed that the lease provisions cited by the landlord were not legally enforceable and that the Company had the right to operate all facilities for the duration of the original lease term and any available lease extension periods. On March 21, 2014, the court ruled against the Company. The Company is evaluating all options available to it, including the filing of motions or appeals in an effort to overturn this decision. However, it is likely the store will close in fiscal 2014. We believe that all of our fixed assets from the Bethesda store are either fully depreciated or can be transferred to other locations. With past store closures, we have experienced customer migration to other stores within the same market. We believe that some customers will choose to visit our store in Hanover, Maryland, which is approximately 30 miles from our Bethesda store.
Note 14: Condensed Consolidating Financial Information
The senior notes are guaranteed on a senior basis by all domestic subsidiaries of the Company. The subsidiaries’ guarantee of the senior notes are full and unconditional and joint and several.
The accompanying condensed consolidating financial information has been prepared and presented pursuant to SEC Regulation S-X Rule 3-10 “Financial statements of guarantors and issuers of guaranteed securities registered or being registered.” No other condensed consolidating financial statements are presented herein. The results of operations and cash flows from operating activities from the non-guarantor subsidiary were $(493) and $(4,270), respectively, for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2014 and $249 and $3,474, respectively for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2013. There are no restrictions on cash distributions from the non-guarantor subsidiary.
 
F - 20

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
February 2, 2014:

 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors	 	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Consolidated
Dave & Buster’s,
Inc.	 	
Assets:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	  	$	89,095	  	  	$	1,381	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	90,476	  	
Property and equipment, net (Note 4)	  	 	383,409	  	  	 	4,684	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	388,093	  	
Tradenames (Note 5)	  	 	79,000	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	79,000	  	
Goodwill (Note 5)	  	 	273,725	  	  	 	(1,297	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	272,428	  	
Investment in sub	  	 	3,303	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(3,303	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	21,319	  	  	 	70	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	21,389	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	849,851	  	  	$	4,838	  	 	$	(3,303	) 	 	$	851,386	  	

 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors	 	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Consolidated
Dave & Buster’s,
Inc.	 	
Liabilities and stockholder’s equity:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	  	$	111,279	  	  	$	1,765	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	113,044	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	24,766	  	  	 	(351	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	24,415	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	81,622	  	  	 	121	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	81,743	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	15,599	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15,599	  	
Long-term debt, less current installments, net of unamortized discount (Note 7)	  	 	342,325	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	342,325	  	
Stockholder’s equity	  	 	274,260	  	  	 	3,303	  	 	 	(3,303	) 	 	 	274,260	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	  	$	849,851	  	  	$	4,838	  	 	$	(3,303	) 	 	$	851,386	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
February 3, 2013:

 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors	 	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Consolidated
Dave & Buster’s,
Inc.	 	
Assets:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	  	$	85,696	  	  	$	6,122	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	91,818	  	
Property and equipment, net (Note 4)	  	 	333,018	  	  	 	4,221	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	337,239	  	
Tradenames (Note 5)	  	 	79,000	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	79,000	  	
Goodwill (Note 5)	  	 	273,725	  	  	 	(1,447	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	272,278	  	
Investment in sub	  	 	4,215	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	(4,215	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Other assets and deferred charges	  	 	23,854	  	  	 	364	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	24,218	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	799,508	  	  	$	9,260	  	 	$	(4,215	) 	 	$	804,553	  	

 	  	Issuer and
Subsidiary
Guarantors	 	  	Subsidiary
Non-
Guarantors	 	 	Consolidating
Adjustments	 	 	Consolidated
Dave & Buster’s,
Inc.	 	
Liabilities and stockholder’s equity:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	  	$	87,936	  	  	$	4,947	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	92,883	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	24,887	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	24,887	  	
Deferred occupancy costs	  	 	69,446	  	  	 	98	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	69,544	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	12,684	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	12,684	  	
Long-term debt, less current installments, net of unamortized discount (Note 7)	  	 	343,579	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	343,579	  	
Stockholder’s equity	  	 	260,976	  	  	 	4,215	  	 	 	(4,215	) 	 	 	260,976	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity	  	$	799,508	  	  	$	9,260	  	 	$	(4,215	) 	 	$	804,553	  	

F - 21

Table of Contents
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Note 15: Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

 	  	Fiscal Year Ended February 2, 2014	 	
 	  	First	 	  	Second	 	  	Third	 	 	Fourth	 	
 	  	Quarter	 	  	Quarter	 	  	Quarter	 	 	Quarter	 	
 	  	5/5/2013	 	  	8/4/2013	 	  	11/3/2013	 	 	2/2/2014	 	
Total revenues	  	$	168,155	  	  	$	153,723	  	  	$	142,330	  	 	$	171,371	  	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	14,523	  	  	 	3,232	  	  	 	(8,679	) 	 	 	10,652	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	10,029	  	  	 	2,386	  	  	 	(6,743	) 	 	 	6,824	  	
 	 	
 	  	Fiscal Year Ended February 3, 2013	 	
 	  	First	 	  	Second	 	  	Third	 	 	Fourth	 	
 	  	Quarter	 	  	Quarter	 	  	Quarter	 	 	Quarter	 	
 	  	4/29/2012	 	  	7/29/2012	 	  	10/28/2012	 	 	2/3/2013 (1)	 	
Total revenues	  	$	163,474	  	  	$	147,941	  	  	$	131,066	  	 	$	165,586	  	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	  	 	14,725	  	  	 	315	  	  	 	(10,541	) 	 	 	6,140	  	
Net income (loss)	  	 	10,984	  	  	 	687	  	  	 	(1,621	) 	 	 	7,947	  	
 
(1)	Our fiscal 2012 year consisted of 53 weeks. Each quarterly period has 13 weeks, except the fourth quarterly period ended February 3, 2013, which consists of 14 weeks. We have estimated the revenues during the 53 rd  week of fiscal 2012 to be $10,355.	
During 2013, we opened five locations: Virginia Beach, Virginia, in the second quarter, Syracuse, New York and Albany, New York, in the third quarter, Cary, North Carolina and Livonia, Michigan in the fourth quarter. During 2012, we opened four locations: Oklahoma City, Oklahoma in the first quarter, Orland Park, Illinois in the third quarter, Dallas, Texas and Boise, Idaho both in the fourth quarter. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we permanently closed one store in Dallas, Texas. Pre-opening costs incurred in fiscal 2013 were $872, $1,970, $2,333 and $1,865 in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively. Pre-opening costs incurred in fiscal 2012 were $150, $559, $1,089 and $1,262 in the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively.
 
F - 22

Table of Contents
INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number	  	Description	
 	 	
3.1	  	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. (1)	
 	 	
3.2	  	Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant. (1)	
 	 	
4.1	  	Indenture dated as of June 1, 2010 among the Registrant, the Guarantors as defined therein and Wells Fargo National Association, as Trustee. (1)	
 	 	
4.2	  	Form of 11% Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.1)	
 	 	
10.1	  	Credit Agreement dated as of June 1, 2010, among Games Intermediate Merger Corp., Games Merger Corp., 6131646 Canada, Inc. and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto. (1)	
 	 	
10.2	  	First Amendment, dated as of May 13, 2011, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, among Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc., the Registrant, 6131646 Canada, Inc. and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto. (2)	
 	 	
10.3	  	Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2010, by and among Dave & Buster’s Management Corporation, the Registrant, and the various executive officers of the Registrant. (1)	
 	 	
10.4	  	Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan. (1)	
 	 	
10.5	  	Amendment No. 1 to the Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan. (2)	
 	 	
10.6	  	Amendment No. 2 to the Dave & Buster’s Entertainment, Inc. 2010 Management Incentive Plan. (4)	
 	 	
10.7	  	Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Oak Hill Capital Management LLC. (3)	
 	 	
10.8	  	Second Amendment, dated as of May 14, 2013, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2010, among Dave & Buster’s Holdings, Inc., the Registrant, 6131646 Canada, Inc. and the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto. (5)	
 	 	
12.1	  	Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. (6)	
 	 	
21.1	  	Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (6)	
 	 	
31.1	  	Certification of Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Registrant, pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a) or 17 CFR 240.15d-14(a). (6)	
 	 	
31.2	  	Certification of Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a) or 17 CFR 240.15d-14(a). (6)	
 	 	
32.1	  	Certification of Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Registrant, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (6)	
 	 	
32.2	  	Certification of Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (6)	
 	 	
101	  	XBRL Interactive Datafiles	
 
(1)	Filed as an exhibit to registration statement on Form S-4 filed August 11, 2010, SEC File No. 333-168759, and incorporated herein by reference.	
(2)	Filed as an exhibit to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended May 1, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.	
(3)	Filed as an exhibit to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended January 29, 2012, and incorporated herein by reference.	
(4)	Filed as an exhibit to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended February 3, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference.	
(5)	Filed as an exhibit to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended May 5, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference.	
(6)	Filed herewith.	
 
E-1

Exhibit 12.1
DAVE & BUSTER’S, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS
TO FIXED CHARGES
(dollars in thousands, except ratios)

 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	Fiscal Year Ended	 	 	244 Days Ended	 	 	120 Days Ended	 	
 	 	February 2, 2014	 	 	February 3, 2013	 	 	January 29, 2012	 	 	January 30, 2011	 	 	May 31, 2010	 	
 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	
Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes	 	$	19,728	  	 	$	10,639	  	 	$	1,634	  	 	$	(7,708	) 	 	$	(2,735	) 	
Add: Total fixed charges (per below)	 	 	50,215	  	 	 	50,605	  	 	 	49,264	  	 	 	35,803	  	 	 	12,176	  	
Less : Capitalized interest	 	 	(602	) 	 	 	(510	) 	 	 	(759	) 	 	 	(62	) 	 	 	(110	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total income before provision for income taxes, plus fixed charges, less capitalized interest	 	 	69,341	  	 	 	60,734	  	 	 	50,139	  	 	 	28,033	  	 	 	9,331	  	
Fixed charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense (1)	 	 	31,645	  	 	 	33,411	  	 	 	32,883	  	 	 	25,673	  	 	 	7,070	  	
Capitalized interest	 	 	602	  	 	 	510	  	 	 	759	  	 	 	62	  	 	 	110	  	
Estimate of interest included in rental expense (2)	 	 	17,968	  	 	 	16,684	  	 	 	15,622	  	 	 	10,066	  	 	 	4,996	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed charges	 	$	50,215	  	 	$	50,605	  	 	$	49,264	  	 	 	35,801	  	 	 	12,176	  	
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)	 	 	1.38x	  	 	 	1.20x	  	 	 	1.02x	  	 	 	0.78x	  	 	 	0.77x	  	
 
(1)	Interest expense includes interest in association with debt and amortization of debt issuance costs.	
(2)	Fixed charges include our estimate of interest included in rental payments (assumed to be one-third of rent expense under operating leases).	
(3)	Earnings for the 244 days ended January 30, 2011 and 120 days ended May 31, 2010 were insufficient to cover the fixed charges by $7,770 and $2,845, respectively.	

Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Name	  	State or Other
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Or Organization	
D&B Leasing, Inc.	  	Texas	
D&B Marketing Company, LLC	  	Virginia	
DANB Texas, Inc.	  	Texas	
Dave & Buster’s I, L.P.	  	Texas	
Dave & Buster’s Management Corporation, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of California, Inc.	  	California	
Dave & Buster’s of Connecticut, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of Colorado, Inc.	  	Colorado	
Dave & Buster’s of Florida, Inc.	  	Florida	
Dave & Buster’s of Georgia, Inc.	  	Georgia	
Dave & Buster’s of Hawaii, Inc.	  	Hawaii	
Dave & Buster’s of Idaho, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of Illinois, Inc.	  	Illinois	
Dave & Buster’s of Indiana, Inc.	  	Indiana	
Dave & Buster’s of Kansas, Inc.	  	Kansas	
Dave & Buster’s of Louisiana, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of Maryland, Inc.	  	Maryland	
Dave & Buster’s of Massachusetts, Inc.	  	Massachusetts	
Dave & Buster’s of Nebraska, Inc.	  	Nebraska	
Dave & Buster’s of New Mexico, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Dave & Buster’s of New York, Inc.	  	New York	
Dave & Buster’s of Oklahoma, Inc.	  	Oklahoma	
Dave & Buster’s of Oregon, Inc.	  	Oregon	
Dave & Buster’s of Pennsylvania, Inc.	  	Pennsylvania	
Dave & Buster’s of Pittsburgh, Inc.	  	Pennsylvania	
Dave & Buster’s of South Carolina, Inc.	  	South Carolina	
Dave & Buster’s of Virginia, Inc.	  	Virginia	
Dave & Buster’s of Washington, Inc.	  	Washington	
Dave & Buster’s of Wisconsin, Inc.	  	Wisconsin	
Tango Acquisition, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango License Corporation	  	Delaware	
Tango of Arizona, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Arundel, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Farmingdale, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Franklin, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Houston, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of North Carolina, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Tennessee, Inc.	  	Delaware	
Tango of Westbury, Inc.	  	Delaware	
6131646 Canada, Inc.	  	Canada	

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer of Dave & Buster’s, Inc., certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dave & Buster’s, Inc.;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 
 	a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

Date: May 1, 2014	 	 	 	 	 	/s/ Stephen M. King	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Stephen M. King	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dave & Buster’s, Inc., certify that:
 
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dave & Buster’s, Inc.;	
 
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 
 	a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 
 	b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 
 	c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 
 	d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 
 	a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 
 	b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

Date: May 1, 2014	 	 	 	 	 	/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Brian A. Jenkins	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION
In connection with the Annual Report of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended February 2, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stephen M. King, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
 
 	(1)	The Report fully complies with the applicable requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	
 
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: May 1, 2014

/s/ Stephen M. King	
Stephen M. King	
Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION
In connection with the Annual Report of Dave & Buster’s, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended February 2, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brian A. Jenkins, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
 
 	(1)	The Report fully complies with the applicable requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	
 
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
Date: May 1, 2014

/s/ Brian A. Jenkins	
Brian A. Jenkins	
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer